10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 0-20540

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	95-4023433
(State or other jurisdiction of	(I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)	Identification No.)

26745 Malibu Hills Road

Calabasas, California 91301

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (818) 878-7900

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value	The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements of the past 90 days.  Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes x   No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,”  “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer x Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x

As of June 30, 2011, the aggregate market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $308,131,042.

As of March 9, 2012, the registrant had outstanding 37,400,313 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed within 120 days of the close of the registrant’s fiscal year 2011, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

1

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
Item 1.	Business	4
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	11
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	16
Item 2.	Properties	16
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	16
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	16
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	17
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	20
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	21
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	28
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	30
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	55
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	55
Item 9B.	Other Information	56
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	58
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	58
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	58
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence	58
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	58
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule	59
SIGNATURES		60

2

SPECIAL NOTE ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Such statements are based upon current expectations, as well as management’s beliefs and assumptions, and involve a high degree of risk and uncertainty. Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Statements that include the words “believes,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “expects,” “intends,” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include statements regarding our anticipated financial and operating performance for future periods. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed or suggested in the forward-looking statements herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences or prove our forward-looking statements, by hindsight, to be overly optimistic or unachievable include, but are not limited to actual demand for our services, our ability to attract, train, and retain qualified staffing consultants (which includes our sales and recruiting staff), our ability to remain competitive in obtaining and retaining temporary staffing clients, the availability of qualified temporary nurses and other qualified contract professionals, our ability to manage our growth efficiently and effectively, continued performance of our information systems and the factors described in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Section titled ”Risk Factors.” Other factors also may contribute to the differences between our forward-looking statements and our actual results. In addition, as a result of these and other factors, our past financial performance should not be relied on as an indication of future performance. All forward-looking statements in this document are based on information available to us as of the date we file this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or the reasons why our actual results may differ.

3

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview and History

On Assignment, Inc. (NASDAQ: ASGN), is a leading global provider of highly skilled, hard-to-find professionals in the growing life sciences, healthcare, and technology sectors, where quality people are the key to success. The Company goes beyond matching résumés with job descriptions to match people they know into positions they understand, for contract, contract-to-hire, and direct hire assignments. Our business currently consists of four operating segments: Life Sciences, Healthcare, Physician, and IT and Engineering.

We were incorporated on December 30, 1985, and thereafter commenced operation of our Lab Support line of business (now included in our Life Sciences operating segment), our first contract staffing line of business. Expansion within the Life Sciences segment and into other industries has primarily been achieved through acquisitions, and utilizing our experience and unique approach in servicing our clients and contract professionals. Since 1985, we have acquired 13 companies.

On April 16, 2010, we acquired The Cambridge Group Ltd., a Connecticut−based privately−held firm specializing in clinical research, IT, and physician staffing services and accordingly, is included in each of our Life Sciences, IT & Engineering and Physician operating segments. On July 19, 2010, the Company acquired Sharpstream Holdings Limited, a London-based privately−owned provider of executive search services in the life sciences sector and is included in our Life Sciences segment. Sharpstream provides search services across Europe, Asia, and the United States.

On February 28, 2011, we acquired Valesta, a privately-owned provider of specialized clinical research staffing headquartered in Belgium. Valesta is included in the Life Sciences operating segment. On July 31, 2011, we acquired HealthCare Partners (HCP), a privately-owned provider of physician staffing headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia. HCP is included in our Physician segment.

Financial information regarding our operating segments and our domestic and international revenues is included under “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our principal executive office is located at 26745 Malibu Hills Road, Calabasas, California 91301 and our telephone number is (818) 878-7900. We have approximately 76 branch offices in 24 states within the United States and in six foreign countries.

Industry and Market Dynamics

The U.S. employment projections published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics as of February 2012 estimates that total employment for the next decade will grow by 20.5 million jobs, or 14 percent, between 2010 and 2020. By comparison, under the previous estimate for the 2008 to 2018 period, total employment was projected to grow by 10 percent. The increase in projected growth from the prior period is largely due to the relatively lower starting base in 2010, compared to employment levels in 2008. Within the employment industries, the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, according to such projections, estimates that employment growth in the healthcare and social assistance sector will add the most jobs, followed by the professional and business services sector.

The Staffing Industry Analysts: Staffing Industry Insight (dated September 2011), an independent staffing industry publication, estimates that total staffing industry revenues were $114 billion in 2011 and are forecasted to be $122 billion in 2012, in each case, up from $103 billion in 2010. The biggest industry segment, contract labor, is forecasted to grow at an annual rate of 7 percent in 2012 with revenues of $94 billion, while permanent placement is forecasted to grow by 12 percent in 2012 with revenues of $6 billion. Within the contract help segment, professional staffing is expected to grow at an annual rate of 10 percent in 2012 to revenues of $51 billion. The temporary staffing (or contract labor) industry is historically cyclical and typically has a strong correlation to employment and GDP growth. We anticipate that our healthcare, life sciences and IT clients will increase their use of outsourced labor through professional staffing firms to meet the need for increases in capacity of their workforce. By using outsourced labor, these end users will benefit from cost structure advantages, improved flexibility to fluctuating demand in business and access to greater expertise.

Sales and Fulfillment

Our strategy is to serve the needs of our targeted industries by effectively understanding and matching client staffing needs with qualified contract professionals. In contrast to the mass market approach generally used for contract office/clerical and light industrial personnel, we believe effective assignments of contract healthcare, life science, physician and IT and engineering professionals require the people involved in making assignments to have significant knowledge of the client’s industry and the ability to assess the specific needs of the client as well as the contract professionals’ qualifications. We believe that face-to-face selling in many circumstances is significantly more effective than the telephonic solicitation of clients, a tactic favored by many of our competitors. We believe our strategy of using industry professionals to develop professional relationships provides us with a competitive advantage in our industry which is recognized by our clients.

Our corporate offices are organized to perform many functions that allow staffing consultants and recruiters to focus more effectively on business development and the assignment of contract professionals. These functions include the recruiting and hiring of staffing consultants, recruiters and support staff, as well as ongoing training, coaching and administrative support. Our corporate offices also select, open and maintain branch offices.

Clients

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we provided contract professionals to approximately 5,347 clients. In 2011, we had no single customer that represented two percent or more of our revenues.

4

All contract assignments, regardless of their planned length, may be terminated with limited notice by the client or the contract professional.

The Contract Professional

Contract professionals often work with a number of staffing companies and develop relationships or loyalty based on a variety of factors, including competitive salaries and benefits, availability and diversity of assignments, quality and duration of assignments and responsiveness to requests for placement. Contract professionals seeking traveling positions are also interested in the quality of travel and housing accommodations as well as the quality of the clinical experience while on assignment.

Hourly wage or contract rates for our contract professionals are established based on their specific skills and whether or not the assignment involves travel away from the professional’s primary residence. Our staffing consultants are our employees or are subcontracted from other affiliated corporate entities. For our consultant employees, we pay the related costs of employment including social security taxes, federal and state unemployment taxes, workers’ compensation insurance and other similar costs. After achieving minimum service periods and hours worked, we also provide our contract professional employees with paid holidays and allow participation in our 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan.

Strategy

We remain committed to growing our operations in the life science, healthcare, physician and IT and engineering markets that we currently serve, primarily through supporting our core service offerings and growing our newer service lines of business. We will also continue to look at acquisition opportunities which supplement our internal growth. In 2011 we acquired Valesta, a clinical staffing company headquartered in Belgium, and HealthCare Partners, a physician staffing company headquartered in Georgia.

In 2011, we continued to focus on increasing market share in each of our segments, maintaining or increasing our gross margins, expanding our service offerings and controlling our operating costs. We have increased interaction between our segments so that each can learn best practices from the others.

As part of our initiative to improve our sales capabilities, field operations, and back office processing efficiency, we continue to make strategic investments enhancing our primary business systems. Our front office system (RecruitMax) supports all domestic and European Lab Support locations along with our Allied Healthcare and Nurse Travel operations. Deployment for these platforms began in 2004 and was principally completed in 2008. Currently underway is our next major front-office development initiative supporting the IT and Engineering segment. The RecruitMax application interfaces with the existing enterprise-wide information system, PeopleSoft, used in our Life Sciences, Nurse Travel and Allied Healthcare, Physician and IT and Engineering lines of business and provides additional functionality, including applicant tracking and search tools, customer and candidate contact management and sales management tools.

We continue to extend the use and capabilities of PeopleSoft in domestic and European operations. The Physician staffing segment was migrated to the PeopleSoft platform in 2011. Our ongoing plan is to deploy a common front-office system integrated with the PeopleSoft platform wherever efficiencies can be realized.

We improved our pay-bill processing efficiencies and services by deploying an on-line time collection and customer approval system. This particular extension of PeopleSoft is fully operational in the IT and Engineering unit and the roll-out will continue by business segment. Life Sciences and Allied Healthcare are nearing completion of the on-line time collection and customer approval system deployment as well.

Moderate investments are planned to keep our wide area network and computing platform running with high availability hardware. All primary business operates from a secure data center.

We will continue to invest in leasehold improvements as we expand, relocate, and rationalize our branch facilities and leverage favorable commercial real estate terms for cost savings.   

We believe these improvements should continue to increase the productivity of our staffing consultants and streamline corporate operations.

During 2011, we substantially added to the number of recruiters and sales personnel employed by the company. Over the course of the year, the average number of recruiters and sales personnel employed by the company increased 23.0 percent. In 2012, we anticipate that the markets we serve will improve with the economy. We have made small investments in enhancing our permanent placement capabilities and we will continue to invest in our existing businesses to support growth. In addition, we will continue to review acquisition opportunities that may enable us to leverage our current infrastructure and capabilities, increase our service offerings and expand our geographic reach.

We will also continue to manage our capitalization over the next four years through the Company’s authorized stock repurchase plan.

Competition

Many of our competitors are larger than us and have substantially greater financial and marketing resources than we do. We also compete with privately-owned temporary staffing companies on a regional and local basis. Frequently, the strongest competition in a particular market is a privately-held local company with established relationships. These companies oftentimes are extremely competitive on pricing. While their pricing strategies are not necessarily sustainable, they can be problematic for us in the short-term.

The principal competitive factors in attracting qualified candidates for temporary employment or engagements are salaries, contract rates and benefits, availability and variety of assignments, quality and duration of assignments and responsiveness to requests for placement. We believe that many people seeking temporary employment or engagements through us are also pursuing employment through other means, including other temporary staffing. Therefore, the speed at which we place prospective contract professionals and the availability of appropriate assignments are important factors in our ability to complete assignments of qualified candidates. In addition to having high quality contract professionals to assign in a timely manner, the principal competitive factors in obtaining and retaining clients in the temporary staffing industry are properly assessing the clients’ specific job requirements, the appropriateness of the contract professional assigned to the client, the price of services and the monitoring of client satisfaction. Although we believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors, we expect competition to continue to increase.

5

Operating Segments

Life Sciences

Our Life Sciences segment includes our domestic and international life science staffing businesses, which operate from local branch offices in the United States, United Kingdom, Netherlands, Belgium, Canada, Spain and China. At December 31, 2011, we had 45 Life Sciences segment branch offices, of which 13 share office space with our Healthcare segment. Life Sciences segment revenues for 2011 were $155.3 million and represented 26.0 percent of our total revenues. The Staffing Industry Analysts: Staffing Industry Insight (dated September 2011), states that the life sciences professional staffing market will grow by 10 percent in 2012. Demand for staffing in our Life Sciences segment is driven primarily by clients with research and development projects across a wide array of industries.

We provide locally-based, contract and permanent life science professionals to clients in the biotechnology, pharmaceutical, food and beverage, personal care, chemical, medical device, automotive, municipal, education and environmental industries.

We have developed a tailored approach to the assignment-making process that utilizes staffing consultants. Unlike traditional approaches that tend to be focused on telephonic solicitation, our Life Sciences staffing consultants are experienced professionals who work in our branch office network to enable face-to-face meetings with clients and contract professionals. Most of our staffing consultants are either focused on sales and business development or on fulfillment. Sales and business development staffing consultants meet with clients’ managers to understand client needs, formulate position descriptions and assess workplace environments. Fulfillment staffing consultants meet with candidates to assess their qualifications and interests and place these contract professionals on quality assignments with clients.

Our Life Sciences segment’s professionals include chemists, clinical research associates, clinical lab assistants, engineers, biologists, biochemists, microbiologists, molecular biologists, biostatisticians, drug safety specialists, SAS programmers, medical writers, food scientists, regulatory affairs specialists, lab assistants and other skilled scientific professionals. These contract professionals range from individuals with bachelor’s and/or master’s degrees and considerable experience to technicians with limited chemistry or biology backgrounds and lab experience. Contract professionals assigned to clients are generally our employees, although clients provide on-the-job supervisors for these professionals. Therefore, clients control and direct the work of contract professionals and approve hours worked, while we are responsible for many of the activities typically handled by the client’s human resources department.

Our primary contacts with our clients are a mix of end users and process facilitators. End users consist of lab directors, managers and department heads. Facilitators consist of human resource managers, procurement departments and administrators. Facilitators are more price sensitive than end users who typically are more focused on technical capabilities. Assignments in our Life Sciences segment vary from three to 12 months.

We believe our Life Sciences segment is one of the few nationwide temporary staffing providers specializing exclusively in the placement of life science professionals. Although other nationwide temporary staffing companies compete with us with respect to scientific, clinical laboratory, medical billing and collection personnel, many of these companies focus on office/clerical and light and heavy industrial personnel, which account for a significant portion of the overall contract staffing market. These competitors include Manpower, Inc., Kelly Services, Inc., Adecco SA, Yoh Company and the Allegis Group.

 Healthcare

Our Healthcare segment includes our Nurse Travel and Allied Healthcare lines of business. Nurse Travel operates from our locations in Cincinnati, Ohio, Tupelo, Mississippi and San Diego, California. Allied Healthcare operates from various locations in the United States. At December 31, 2011, we had 24 Allied Healthcare branch offices in the United States, of which 13 share office space with the Life Sciences segment. Healthcare segment revenues for 2011 were $94.6 million and represented 15.8 percent of our total revenues. The Staffing Industry Analysts: Staffing Industry Insight (dated September 2011), estimates that the healthcare staffing market will grow by 9 percent in 2012. Within the healthcare staffing industry, Nurse Travel and Allied Healthcare are anticipated to grow the fastest with estimated 2012 revenue growth of 15 percent and 10 percent, respectively.

In prior years, nursing employment levels were affected by cutbacks in the use of agency workers by hospitals and medical groups and their reluctance to pay market rates. Today, as a result of the economy, hospitals are seeing fewer admissions and procedures and are attempting to minimize expenses, which in turn have impacted the demand for our services. Looking forward, contract nursing employment growth could potentially be driven by various factors including a supply shortage of nurses, impacts of healthcare reform, more favorable nurse-patient ratios and aging demographics.

The combination of healthcare clients facing shortages of operations-critical staff that limit their ability to generate revenues and increased demand for health services and advances in life science and medical technology is expected to create significant demand for workers with specialized science and medical skills. Also influencing the demand for these workers is the departure of mature professionals from the ranks of full-time employment as they retire, reduced hours worked and the pursuit of other career opportunities. This is evidenced by the continued increase in the average age of nurses in the workforce.

Our Healthcare segment provides locally-based and traveling contract professionals to healthcare clients, including hospitals, integrated delivery systems, imaging centers, clinics, physician offices, reference laboratories, universities, managed care organizations, rehabilitation facilities, long-term care facilities and third-party administrators. In doing so, we address occupations that require “high demand and highly-skilled” staff, such as operating room nurses and health information professionals who are essential to the hospital’s ability to care for patients and maintain business and revenues.

Our Nurse Travel sales, account management, and recruiting functions are aligned with traditional nurse travel companies with an added emphasis on rapid response fulfillment. We employ regional sales directors and account managers to identify and sell a variety of nurse staffing solutions to healthcare clients nationally. Our recruiters seek the most experienced, highly skilled nurses and place them on assignments as contract professionals with healthcare providers. The critical nature of these occupations to drive revenue motivates clients to respond to our ability to rapidly fill open positions with experienced nurses.

6

Our Allied Healthcare line of business has developed a tailored approach to the assignment-making process that utilizes staffing consultants. Staffing consultants are experienced professionals who work in our branch offices and personally meet with clients and contract professionals. Our staffing consultants are typically either focused primarily on sales and business development or on fulfillment. Sales and business development staffing consultants meet with clients to understand their staffing needs, formulate position descriptions and assess workplace environments. Fulfillment staffing consultants meet with candidates to assess their qualifications and interests and place these contract professionals on quality assignments with clients.

Our Healthcare segment’s contract professionals include nurses, specialty nurses, health information management professionals, dialysis technicians, surgical technicians, imaging technicians, x-ray technicians, medical technologists, medical assistants, pharmacists, pharmacy technicians, respiratory therapists, phlebotomists, coders, billers, claims processors and collections staff, and dental professionals - including dental assistants, hygienists and dentists and rehabilitation therapists. The nurses and contract professionals we assign to our clients are usually our employees, although clients provide on-the-job supervisors for these nurses and professionals. Therefore, clients control and direct the work of nurses and approve hours worked, while we are responsible for many of the activities typically handled by the client’s human resources department.

In our Healthcare segment, we serve a diverse collection of healthcare clients, as mentioned above. Assignments in our Healthcare segment typically have a term of two to 13 weeks.

In the Nurse Travel line of business, our competitors include AMN Healthcare Services, Inc., Cross Country, Inc. and several privately-held companies. In the Allied Healthcare line of business, our competitors include Cross Country, Inc., AMN Healthcare Services, Inc., Kforce Inc. and the Allegis Group.

Physician

Our Physician segment consists of VISTA Staffing Solutions, Inc. (VISTA) and HealthCare Partners, Inc. (HCP), the leading providers of physician staffing, known as locum tenens coverage, and permanent physician search services. The majority of our recruiters for Vista are located in Salt Lake City, Utah and for HCP are located in Atlanta, Georgia. The Physician segment revenues for 2011 were $80.6 million and represented 13.5 percent of our total revenues. The Staffing Industry Analysts: Staffing Industry Insight (dated September 2011), states that the physician staffing market will increase 9 percent in 2012. An ongoing shortage of physicians and potential impacts of healthcare reform could fuel future growth.

Our Physician staffing business places physicians in a wide range of specialties throughout the United States, as well as Australia and New Zealand, under the brand VISTA, placing them in hospitals, community-based practices and federal, state and local facilities. We provide short and long-term locum tenens services and full-service physician search and consulting services. The physician staffing market requires a high degree of specialized knowledge about credentialing and qualifications, as well as unique insurance requirements that make it more difficult to replicate than certain other types of staffing markets. Our Physician segment operates out of two primary recruitment centers with several branch offices.

The sales and fulfillment functions at our Physician segment are similar to those of our competitors. Our client sales specialists are organized by geographic territories so that a single individual can handle a client’s physician staffing needs for all disciplines. Our recruiters and schedulers are organized by physician specialty and identify physician candidates with the skills, experience and availability to meet our clients’ needs. In addition, we have four branch locations that also carry out recruiting functions.

The physicians in our Physician segment come from 33 different specialties including emergency medicine, psychiatry, anesthesiology, radiology, family practice, surgical specialties, internal medicine, pediatrics, obstetrics and gynecology. The physicians we place at clients are independent contractors. Clients assign shifts and approve hours worked, while we are responsible for issuing payments to the physicians for services rendered to our clients.

Clients in our Physician segment include hospitals, doctors’ practice groups, large healthcare systems and government agencies. We are called on to supply temporary and permanent doctors because of the difficulty that healthcare providers have finding qualified practitioners. Assignments in our Physician segment typically have a term of six weeks.

Like our Healthcare segment, our Physician segment competes in the healthcare market, serving hospitals, doctors’ practice groups and private healthcare systems and government administrated healthcare agencies. Our competitors include CHG Healthcare Services, TeamHealth, Inc., Cross Country, Inc. and AMN Healthcare Services, Inc., along with several other privately-held companies providing locum tenens services.

IT and Engineering

Our IT and Engineering segment consists of Oxford Global Resources, Inc. (Oxford), based in Beverly, Massachusetts where all of the segment’s back-office activities are located. Oxford combines international reach with local depth, serving clients through a network of recruiting centers in North America and Europe, and branch offices in major metropolitan markets across the United States. IT and Engineering segment revenues for 2011 were $266.7 million and represented 44.7 percent of our total revenues. The Staffing Industry Analysts: Staffing Industry Insight (dated September 2011), estimates that the IT staffing market will increase 12 percent in 2012. Demand in our IT and Engineering business segment is driven by a shortage of IT professionals with specialized skills. Additionally,the demand for project-based work has created an ideal climate to boost the segment.

Our IT and Engineering segment places highly qualified professionals in select IT and engineering technical disciplines. Our IT specialties include enterprise resource planning, business intelligence, customer relationship management, supply chain management, database administration, and healthcare applications. Our engineering specialties include hardware, software, mechanical, electrical, validation, network, and telecommunications. Assignments are highly diversified in that we average less than two contract placements per client.

7

The segment serves the market in two separate operating formats. The first operating format, Oxford International, consists of eight sales and recruiting centers in the U.S. and one in Cork, Ireland that proactively recruit skilled IT and engineering professionals and fulfill client needs for temporary consultants and permanent employees across North America and Europe. The right candidates for these assignments often reside in locations that are remote from the client worksite and will travel away from their homes to perform the assignments. The second operating format, Oxford and Associates, consists of 14 branch offices across the United States that typically receive orders from clients in their local metropolitan market and fulfill those orders with professionals from that local market. In each of these formats, we employ both client-oriented sales people and recruiters. Because our IT and Engineering segment concentrates in select disciplines within the IT and engineering markets, our sales people and recruiters specialize in a given discipline. Our competitive advantage in this segment comes from our ability to respond very quickly with high quality candidates to a client’s request.

Our IT and Engineering segment’s professionals are experts in specific information technology and engineering disciplines. Typically, they have a great deal of knowledge and experience in a fairly narrow field which makes them uniquely qualified to fill a given assignment. Contract professionals assigned to clients are generally our employees. Clients provide on-the-job supervisors for these professionals, control and direct their work, and approve all hours worked. We are responsible for many of the activities typically handled by the client’s human resources department.

In our IT and Engineering segment, we supply services to clients in a wide range of industries. Our clients range from large companies that may, for example, be installing new enterprise-wide computer systems and have a need for a subject matter expert with a specific technical and industry-specific experience, to a mid-sized medical device manufacturer who needs specialized mechanical engineers. The IT disciplines in which we specialize include enterprise resource planning, business intelligence, application development, IT infrastructure, IT security, and healthcare IT. Our engineering specialties include software, hardware, mechanical, electrical, quality, validation, network, and telecommunication engineering. Assignments in our IT and Engineering segment typically have a term of approximately five months.

Oxford’s competition ranges from local and regional specialty staffing companies to large IT consulting firms like Accenture, Inc. and International Business Machines Corporation (IBM), and international staffing firms such as Aerotek and Robert Half International, Inc.

Seasonality

Demand for our staffing services historically has been lower during the first and fourth quarters due to fewer business days resulting from client shutdowns, adverse weather conditions and a decline in the number of contract professionals willing to work during the holidays. As is common in the staffing industry, we run special incentive programs to keep our contract professionals, particularly nurses, working through the holidays. Demand for our staffing services usually increases in the second and third quarters of the year. In addition, our cost of services typically increases in the first quarter primarily due to the reset of payroll taxes.

Employees

At December 31, 2011, we employed approximately 1,281 full-time regular employees, including staffing consultants, regional sales directors, account managers, recruiters and corporate office employees. During 2011, we employed approximately 13,389 contract professionals and 841 locum tenens physicians.

Government Regulation

The healthcare industry is subject to extensive and complex federal and state laws and regulations related to professional licensure, certification, conduct of operations, payment for services, payment for referrals and insurance. Our operations are subject to additional state and local regulations that require temporary staffing companies placing healthcare personnel to be licensed or separately registered to an extent beyond that required by temporary staffing companies that only place non-healthcare personnel. To date, we have not experienced any material difficulties in complying with such regulations and obtaining required licensure.

Some states require state licensure with associated fees for businesses that employ and/or assign certain healthcare personnel at hospitals and other healthcare facilities. We are currently licensed in all the states that require such licenses. In addition, many of the contract healthcare professionals that we employ are required to be individually licensed and/or certified under applicable state laws. We take reasonable steps to ensure that our contract professionals possess all current licenses and certifications required for each placement. We provide state mandated workers’ compensation insurance, unemployment insurance and professional liability insurance for our contract professionals who are employees and our regular employees. We provide medical malpractice insurance for the non-physician placements through On Assignment Healthcare Staffing. We provide separate medical malpractice insurance coverage for our locum tenens physicians placed through VISTA and HCP. These expenses have a direct effect on our cost of services, margins and likelihood of achieving or maintaining profitability.

For a further discussion of government regulation associated with our business, see “Risk Factors” within Item 1A of Part I of this Form 10-K.

Executive Officers of the Company

The executive officers of On Assignment, Inc. are as follows:

Name	Age		Position
Peter T. Dameris		52	Chief Executive Officer and President
James L. Brill		60	Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Emmett B. McGrath		50	President, Life Sciences and Allied Healthcare
Christian Rutherford		38	President, VISTA Staffing Solutions, Inc.
Mark S. Brouse		58	President, VISTA Staffing Solutions, Inc. (until January 4, 2012)
Michael J. McGowan		58	President, Oxford Global Resources, Inc.
Katie Hoffman-Abby		50	President, Nurse Travel
Christina Gibson		41	Vice President of Finance and Corporate Controller

8

Peter T. Dameris joined the Company in November 2003 as Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and was promoted to President and Chief Executive Officer in September 2004. He was appointed to the Board of Directors of the Company in February 2005. From February 2001 through October 2002, Mr. Dameris served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Quanta Services, Inc. (NYSE: PWR), a leading provider of specialized contracting services for the electric and gas utility, cable and telecommunications industries. From December 1994 through September 2000, Mr. Dameris served in a number of different positions at Metamor Worldwide, Inc., an international, publicly-traded IT consulting/staffing company, including Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Senior Vice President and Secretary. In June 2000, Mr. Dameris successfully negotiated the sale of Metamor for $1.9 billion. From November 2002 to January 2006, Mr. Dameris was a member of the Board of Directors of BindView Corporation (acquired by Symatec Corporation in January 2006).  Mr. Dameris holds a Juris Doctorate from the University of Texas Law School and a Bachelor’s in Business Administration from Southern Methodist University.

James L. Brill joined the Company in January 2007 as Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Brill was Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Diagnostic Products Corporation, a manufacturer of immuno-diagnostic kits, from July 1999 until it was acquired by Siemens in July 2006. From August 1998 to June 1999, Mr. Brill served as Chief Financial Officer of Jafra Cosmetics International, a marketing and direct-selling company in the skin care and beauty industry, and as Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of Vertel Corporation, a provider of middleware for the telecommunications industry, from 1996 to 1998. Mr. Brill also served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Merisel, Inc., a computer hardware and software distributor, from 1988 to 1996. Mr. Brill has been a member of the Board of Directors of Onvia Inc. since March 2004. He holds a Bachelor’s of Science degree from the United States Naval Academy and a Master’s of Business Administration degree from the University of California Los Angeles.

Emmett B. McGrath joined the Company in September 2004 as President, Life Sciences U.S., and in August 2005, Mr. McGrath was appointed as President of Life Sciences Europe. Mr. McGrath was appointed as President of Allied Healthcare in November 2007. From February 1985 through August 2004, Mr. McGrath worked at Yoh Company, a privately-held IT staffing firm. During his tenure at Yoh, Mr. McGrath held various staffing positions, including Technical Recruiter, Account Manager, Branch and District Management, Vice President and Regional President. As Regional President, Mr. McGrath was responsible for core lines of businesses, including Scientific, Information Technology, Engineering, Healthcare, Telecommunications and Vendor on Premise (VOP) programs. In addition, Mr. McGrath served on Yoh’s Executive Committee and the Chairman’s Board of the Day & Zimmermann Group, Yoh’s parent company. Mr. McGrath received a Bachelor’s of Science degree in Business Administration, with an emphasis in Human Resources, from California State University, Northridge in 1991.

Christian Rutherford is President of VISTA Staffing Solutions, On Assignment’s physician staffing division. Mr. Rutherford is an 18-year veteran of the U.S. staffing industry. From January 2004 through December 2008, Mr. Rutherford held senior leadership roles at CompHealth, the largest locum tenens company in the nation, including President of Weatherby Locums and President of RN Network. In February 2009, Mr. Rutherford began working for Medfinders, a large, national healthcare staffing company. There, he served as President of Linde Healthcare, Kendall and Davis.In November 2009, Mr. Rutherford was promoted to Chief Operating Officer and Board member of Medfinders and in the fourth quarter of 2010, Medfinders was sold to AMN Healthcare. Prior to joining as President of VISTA, Mr. Rutherford served as a consultant to On Assignment. Mr. Rutherford holds a Bachelor’s of Science degree in Business from the University of Utah.

Mark S. Brouse served as President of VISTA since January 2007, when Vista was acquired by On Assignment. From November 1, 2011 to January 4, 2012, Mr. Brouse transitioned responsibilities related to the position of President of VISTA to Mr. Rutherford. Mr. Brouse began his career in pharmaceutical sales in 1980, and in 1986 joined CompHealth, a locum tenens staffing company, where he led specialty teams serving psychiatry and internal medicine clients before co-founding VISTA in 1990. Mr. Brouse holds a Bachelor’s of Arts degree in Chemistry from California State, Dominguez Hills, and is a member of the Boards of Directors of the YMCA of Greater Salt Lake and PEHR Technologies, an electronic medical records company.

Michael J. McGowan is President of Oxford Global Resources, Inc., On Assignment’s IT and Engineering segment. He has held this position since 1998. He joined Oxford in May of 1997 as Chief Operating Officer. Formerly, Mr. McGowan was Senior Vice President and General Manager for Kelly Services’ Middle Markets Division, a provider of staffing solutions. Prior to that time he was Vice President & General Manager for The MEDSTAT Group, a healthcare information firm, and held increasingly senior positions for Automatic Data Processing (ADP), a provider of human resources, payroll and tax and benefits administration solutions, during a sixteen year tenure. Mr. McGowan holds a Bachelor’s of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from Michigan State University and a Master’s of Business Administration degree from the Eli Broad Graduate School of Management, also at Michigan State University. Mr. McGowan joined On Assignment as a result of the Company’s acquisition of Oxford in January 2007.

Katie Hoffman-Abby is President of Nurse Travel. She has over 25 years of experience in healthcare staffing and is one of the first VISTA executives tapped to lead other areas within the On Assignment family. Ms. Hoffman-Abby joined the Company in January 2007, as a result of the Company’s acquisition of VISTA. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Hoffman-Abby worked as a physician recruiter for CompHealth, a large locum tenens staffing company for more than five years and then co-founded VISTA in 1990. She served as executive vice president for VISTA since March 2010 and in July of 2011 was appointed as President of the Nurse Travel Division. Ms. Hoffman-Abby is an experienced operations manager and contributes to division-wide training, mentoring, and management programs as well. She helped develop the standards for physician recruitment, credentials review, and matching with appropriate practices that shape the entire locum tenens industry to this day. Ms. Hoffman-Abby is on the Board of Directors for Utah Healthcare Institute/St. Mark’s Hospital Graduate Medical Education. Ms. Hoffman-Abby is past president of the National Association of Locum Tenens Organizations (NALTO), an association she helped found to establish and enforce standards for ethics and sound business practices within the locum tenens industry. She is a member of the board of directors of International Volunteers in Urology, an organization that provides education and health care worldwide. Ms. Hoffman-Abby holds a Bachelors of Science degree in nutrition and food science from the University of Utah.

Christina Gibson joined the Company in May 2007 as Vice President of Finance and Corporate Controller. Ms. Gibson is responsible for the day-to-day accounting operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, managing Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, and external and internal financial reporting for the Company. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Gibson was the Vice President and Controller for Digital Insight, an internet banking software company from April 2005 to May 2007. From May 2000 through April 2005, Ms. Gibson worked at Tekelec , a telecommunications equipment provider. During her tenure at Tekelec, Ms. Gibson served as the Director of Finance as well as the Assistant Vice President and Corporate Controller. She holds a Bachelors of Science degree in accounting from the University of Southern California and is a Certified Public Accountant.

9

Available Information and Access to Reports

We electronically file our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). You may read and copy any of our reports that are filed with the SEC in the following manner:

•   At the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (800) SEC-0330;

•   At the SEC’s website, http://www.sec.gov;

•   At our website, http://www.onassignment.com; or

•   By contacting our Investor Relations Department at (818) 878-7900.

Our reports are available through any of the foregoing means and are available free of charge on our website as soon as practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Also available on our website (http://www.onassignment.com), free of charge, are copies of our Code of Ethics for the Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the charters for the committees of our Board of Directors. We intend to disclose any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Ethics for Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers on our website within five business days following the date of the amendment or waiver.

10

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks including, but not limited to, the following:

Global market and economic developments could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Demand for the contract staffing services that we provide is significantly impacted by global market and economic conditions. As economic activity slows, particularly any negative effect on healthcare, research and development and quality control and capital spending, many clients or potential clients reduce their use of and reliance upon contract professionals. During periods of reduced economic activity, we may also be subject to increased competition for market share and pricing pressure. As a result, a recession or periods of reduced economic activity could harm our business and results of operations.

While we saw improvements in the economy during 2011, economic conditions remain uncertain. Concerns continue about the systemic impact of a double dip recession, energy costs, geopolitical issues, low consumer confidence, high unemployment and underemployment, and the global housing and mortgage markets. As a result of these market conditions, the cost and availability of credit has been and may continue to be adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Continued turbulence in the U.S. and international markets and economies may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition, as well as the liquidity and financial condition of our lenders and clients. This could impact our ability to draw on all, or a substantial portion, of our credit facilities, refinance maturing liabilities and access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs, as well as expose us to risks in collecting our accounts receivable.

If we are not able to remain competitive in obtaining and retaining temporary staffing clients, our future growth will suffer.

The contract staffing industry is highly competitive and fragmented with limited barriers to entry. We compete in national, regional and local markets with full-service agencies, and in regional and local markets with specialized contract staffing agencies. Some of our competitors in the Nurse Travel line of business include AMN Healthcare Services, Inc., Cross Country, Inc. and several privately-held companies. Some of our competitors in the Life Sciences segment and Allied Healthcare line of business include Kelly Services, Inc., Kforce Inc., Manpower, Inc., Adecco SA, Yoh Company, and Allegis Group. Competitors for the Physician segment include CHG Healthcare Services, Cross Country, Inc., TeamHealth, Inc. and AMN Healthcare Services, Inc., along with several other privately-held companies specializing in locum tenens services. Competitors of our IT and Engineering segment include Robert Half International, Accenture, and Aerotek. Many of these companies have significantly greater marketing and financial resources than we do. Our ability to attract and retain clients is based on the value of the service we deliver, which in turn depends principally on the speed with which we fill assignments and the appropriateness of the match based on clients’ requirements and the skills and experience of our contract professionals. Our ability to attract and retain skilled, experienced contract professionals is based on our ability to pay competitive wages or contract rates, to provide competitive benefits and provide multiple, continuous assignments. To the extent that competitors seek to gain or retain market share by reducing prices or increasing marketing expenditures, we could lose revenues and our margins could decline, which could seriously harm our operating results and cause the trading price of our stock to decline. As we expand into new geographic markets, our success will depend in part on our ability to gain market share from competitors. We expect competition for clients to increase in the future, and the success and growth of our business depends on our ability to remain competitive.

We do not have long-term or exclusive agreements with our temporary staffing clients and growth of our business depends upon our ability to continually secure and fill new orders.

We do not have long-term agreements or exclusive guaranteed order contracts with our temporary staffing clients. Assignments for our Life Sciences segment typically have a term of three to six months. Assignments for our Healthcare segment typically have a term of two to thirteen weeks. Assignments for our Physician segment typically have a term of six weeks. Assignments for our IT and Engineering segment typically have a term of approximately five months. The success of our business depends upon our ability to continually secure new orders from clients and to fill those orders with our contract professionals. Our agreements do not provide for exclusive use of our services, and clients are free to place orders with our competitors. As a result, it is imperative to our business that we maintain positive relationships with our clients. If we fail to maintain positive relationships with these clients, we may be unable to generate new contract staffing orders, and the growth of our business could be adversely affected.

Agreements may be terminated by clients and contract professionals at will and the termination of a significant number of such agreements would adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

Each contract professional’s employment or independent contractor’s relationship with us is terminable at will. A locum tenens physician may generally terminate his or her contract for non-emergency reasons upon 30 or 60 days notice. The duration of agreements with clients are generally dictated by the contract. Usually, contracts with clients may be terminated with 30 days notice by us or by the clients and, oftentimes, assignments may be terminated with less than one week’s notice. We cannot assure that existing clients will continue to use our services at historical levels, if at all. In addition, we continue to participate in an increasing number of third party contracts as a subcontractor and that requires us to participate in vendor management contracts, which may subject us to greater risks or lower margins. If clients terminate a significant number of our staffing agreements or assignments and we are unable to generate new contract staffing orders to replace lost revenues or a significant number of our contract professionals terminate their employment with us and we are unable to find suitable replacements, our revenues and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Fluctuation in patient occupancy rates at client facilities could adversely affect demand for services of our Healthcare and Physician segments and our results of operations.

Client demand for our Healthcare and Physician segment services is significantly impacted by changes in patient occupancy rates at our hospital and healthcare clients’ facilities. Increases in occupancy often result in increased client need for contract professionals before full-time employees can be hired. During periods of decreased occupancy, however, hospitals and other healthcare facilities typically reduce their use of contract professionals before laying off their regular, full-time employees. During periods of decreased occupancy, we may experience increased competition to service clients, including pricing pressure. Occupancy at certain healthcare clients’ facilities also fluctuates due to the seasonality of some elective procedures and patients declining elective procedures. Periods of decreased occupancy at client healthcare facilities could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

11

If we cannot attract, develop and retain qualified and skilled sales and recruiting staff, our business growth will suffer.

A key component of our ability to grow our business is our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified and skilled sales and recruiting staff, particularly persons with industry experience. The available pool of qualified staffing consultant candidates is limited, and further constrained by the industry practice of entering into non-compete agreements with these employees, which may restrict their ability to accept employment with other staffing firms, including us. We cannot assure that we will be able to recruit, develop and retain qualified sales and recruiting staff in sufficient numbers, or that our staffing consultants will achieve productivity levels sufficient to enable growth of our business. Failure to attract and retain productive sales and recruiting staff could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to attract and retain qualified contract professionals for our Life Sciences, Healthcare, Physician and IT and Engineering segments, our business could be negatively impacted.

Our business is substantially dependent upon our ability to attract and retain contract professionals who possess the skills, experience, and licenses, as required, to meet the specified requirements of our clients. We compete for such contract professionals with other temporary staffing companies and with our clients and potential clients. There can be no assurance that qualified healthcare, nursing, life sciences, physician, IT and engineering professionals will be available to us in adequate numbers to staff our operating segments. Moreover, our contract professionals are often hired to become regular employees of our clients. Attracting and retaining contract professionals depends on several factors, including our ability to provide contract professionals with desirable assignments and competitive benefits and wages. The cost of attracting and retaining contract professionals may be higher than we anticipate and, as a result, if we are unable to pass these costs on to our clients, our likelihood of achieving or maintaining profitability could decline. In periods of high unemployment, contract professionals frequently opt for full-time employment directly with clients and, due to a large pool of available candidates, clients are able to directly hire and recruit qualified candidates without the involvement of staffing agencies. If we are unable to attract and retain a sufficient number of contract professionals to meet client demand, we may be required to forgo staffing and revenue opportunities, which may hurt the growth of our business.

Reclassification of our independent contractors by tax authorities could materially and adversely affect our business model and could require us to pay significant retroactive wages, taxes and penalties.

We consider our locum tenens physicians to be independent contractors rather than employees. As such, we do not withhold or pay income or other employment related taxes, or provide workers’ compensation insurance for them. Our classification of locum tenens physicians as independent contractors is consistent with general industry standard, but can nonetheless be challenged by the contractors themselves or by, relevant taxing authorities. If federal or state taxing authorities determine that locums tenens physicians engaged as independent contractors are employees, our business model for that segment would be materially and adversely affected. Although we believe we would qualify for safe harbor under the provisions of Section 530 of the Revenue Act of 1978, Pub. L. No. 95−600, and any similar applicable state laws, we could incur significant liability for past wages, taxes, penalties and other employment benefits if we could not so qualify. In addition, many states have laws that prohibit non−physician owned companies from employing physicians. If our independent contractor physicians are classified as employees, we could be found in violation of such state laws, which could subject us to liability in those states and thereby negatively impact our profitability.

Our costs of providing travel and housing for traveling contract professionals may be higher than we anticipate and, as a result, our margins could decline.

If our travel and housing costs, including the costs of airline tickets, rental cars, apartments and rental furniture for our traveling contract professionals exceed the levels we anticipate, and we are unable to pass such increases on to our clients, our margins may decline. To the extent the length of our apartment leases exceed the terms of our staffing contracts, we bear the risk that we will be obligated to pay rent for housing we do not use. If we cannot source a sufficient number of appropriate short-term leases in regional markets, or if, for any reason, we are unable to efficiently utilize the apartments we do lease, we may be required to pay rent for unutilized or underutilized housing. Effective management of travel costs will be necessary to prevent a decrease in gross profit and gross and operating margins.

Future changes in reimbursement trends could hamper our Healthcare and Physician segments clients’ ability to pay us, which would harm our financial results.

Many of our Healthcare and Physician segments’ clients are reimbursed under the federal Medicare program and state Medicaid programs for the services they provide. In recent years, federal and state governments have made significant changes in these programs that have reduced reimbursement rates. In addition, insurance companies and managed care organizations seek to control costs by requiring that healthcare providers, such as hospitals, discount their services in exchange for exclusive or preferred participation in their benefit plans. Future federal and state legislation or evolving commercial reimbursement trends may further reduce, or change conditions for, our clients’ reimbursement. Limitations on reimbursement could reduce our clients’ cash flows, thereby hampering their ability to pay us.

If our insurance costs increase significantly, these incremental costs could negatively affect our financial results.

The costs related to obtaining and maintaining workers’ compensation insurance, medical malpractice insurance, professional and general liability insurance and health insurance for our contract professionals have been increasing. If the cost of carrying this insurance continues to increase significantly, this may reduce our gross and operating margins and affect our financial results.

We may be subject to increases in payroll-related costs and unemployment insurance taxes, resulting in lower margins.

We currently pay federal, state and local payroll costs and taxes for our corporate employees and contract professional employees. If we are subject to significant increases in costs associated with payroll and unemployment taxes, we may not be able to increase client bill rates to cover the additional expense and this may reduce our gross and operating margins and affect our financial results.

Improper activities of our contract professionals could result in damage to our business reputation, discontinuation of our client relationships and exposure to liability.

12

We may be subject to possible claims by our clients related to errors and omissions, misuse of proprietary information, breach of confidentiality, discrimination and harassment, theft and other criminal activity, malpractice and other claims stemming from the improper activities or alleged activities of our contract professionals. We cannot assure that our current liability insurance coverage will be adequate or will continue to be available in sufficient amounts to cover damages or other costs associated with such claims. Claims raised by clients stemming from the improper actions of our contract professionals, even if without merit, could cause us to incur significant expense associated with the costs or damages related to such claims. Further, such claims by clients could damage our business reputation and result in the discontinuation of client relationships.

Claims against us by our contract professionals for damages resulting from the negligence or mistreatment by our clients could result in significant costs and adversely affect our recruitment and retention efforts.

We may be subject to possible claims by our contract professionals alleging discrimination, sexual harassment, negligence and other similar activities. Our physicians, nurses and healthcare professionals may also be subject to medical malpractice claims. We cannot assure that our current liability insurance coverage will be adequate or will continue to be available in sufficient amounts to cover damages or other costs associated with such claims. Claims raised by our contract professionals, even if without merit, could cause us to incur significant expense associated with the costs or damages related to such claims. Further, any associated negative publicity could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain qualified contract professionals in the future.

If we are subject to material uninsured liabilities under our partially self-insured workers’ compensation program and medical malpractice coverage, our financial results could be adversely affected.

We maintain a partially self-insured workers’ compensation program and medical malpractice coverage. In connection with these programs, we pay a base premium plus actual losses incurred up to certain levels. We are insured for losses greater than certain levels, both per occurrence and in the aggregate. There can be no assurance that our loss reserves and insurance coverage will be adequate in amount to cover all workers’ compensation or medical malpractice claims. If we become subject to substantial uninsured workers’ compensation or medical malpractice liabilities or there is a significant change in the circumstances related to claims, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Significant legal actions could subject us to substantial uninsured liabilities.

In recent years, we have been subject to an increasing number of legal actions alleging malpractice, vicarious liability, intentional torts, negligent hiring, discrimination or related legal theories. We may be subject to liability in such cases even if the contribution to the alleged injury was minimal. Many of these actions involve large claims and significant defense costs. In addition, we may be subject to claims related to torts or crimes committed by our corporate employees or contract professionals. In most instances, we are required to indemnify clients against some or all of these risks. A failure of any of our corporate employees or contract professionals to observe our policies and guidelines intended to reduce these risks; relevant client policies and guidelines or applicable federal, state or local laws, rules and regulations could result in negative publicity, payment of fines or other damages.

To protect ourselves from the cost of these types of claims, we maintain workers’ compensation, medical malpractice, errors and omissions, employment practices and general liability insurance coverage in amounts and with deductibles that we believe are appropriate for our operations. Our coverage is, in part, self-insured and our insurance coverage may not cover all claims against us or continue to be available to us at a reasonable cost. If we are unable to maintain adequate insurance coverage, we may be exposed to substantial liabilities.

We operate in a regulated industry and changes in regulations or violations of regulations may result in increased costs or sanctions that could reduce our revenues and profitability.

Our organization is subject to extensive and complex federal and state laws and regulations including but not limited to laws and regulations related to professional licensure, payroll tax, conduct of operations, payment for services and payment for referrals. If we fail to comply with the laws and regulations that are directly applicable to our business, we could suffer civil and/or criminal penalties or be subject to injunctions or cease and desist orders.

Extensive and complex laws that apply to our hospital and healthcare facility clients, including laws related to Medicare, Medicaid and other federal and state healthcare programs, could indirectly affect the demand or the prices paid for our services. For example, our hospital and healthcare facility clients could suffer civil and/or criminal penalties and/or be excluded from participating in Medicare, Medicaid and other healthcare programs if they fail to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to their businesses. In addition, our hospital and healthcare facility clients could receive reduced reimbursements or be excluded from coverage because of a change in the rates or conditions set by federal or state governments. In turn, violations of or changes to these laws and regulations that adversely affect our hospital and healthcare facility clients could also adversely affect the prices that these clients are willing or able to pay for our services.

Recent U.S. healthcare legislation could negatively impact our results of operations.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the Acts) were signed into U.S. law. The Acts represent comprehensive healthcare reform legislation that, in addition to other provisions, will require that we provide healthcare coverage to our temporary employees in the United States or incur penalties. Although our intent is to bill these costs to our customers, there can be no assurance that we will be able to increase client bill rates in a sufficient amount to cover the increased costs. This may reduce our gross and operating margins and negatively impact our financial results. Additionally, since significant provisions of the Acts will not become effective until 2014, possible future changes to the Acts could significantly impact any estimates we develop during that period. While we are unable at this time to estimate the net impact of the Acts, we believe the net financial impact on our results of operations could be significant.

We may not successfully make or integrate acquisitions, which could harm our business and growth.

As part of our growth strategy, we intend to opportunistically pursue selected acquisitions. We compete with other companies in the professional staffing and consulting industries for acquisition opportunities, and we cannot assure that we will be able to affect future acquisitions on commercially reasonable terms or at all. To the extent we enter into acquisition transactions in the future, we may experience:

13

•   delays in realizing or a failure to realize the benefits, cost savings and synergies that we anticipate;

•   difficulties or higher-than-anticipated costs associated with integrating any acquired companies into our businesses;

•   attrition of key personnel from acquired businesses;

•   diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

•   inability to maintain the business relationships and reputation of the acquired companies;

•   difficulties in integrating the acquired companies into our information systems, controls, policies and procedures;

•   additional risks relating to the businesses or industry of the acquired companies that are different from ours;

•   unexpected liabilities, costs or charges;

•   unforeseen operating difficulties that require significant financial and managerial resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development or expansion of our existing operations; and

• impairment related to goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets acquired

To undertake more transactions, additional financing may be necessary and, if used, would result in additional debt, dilution of outstanding equity, or both. We may face unexpected contingent liabilities arising from these or future acquisitions that could harm our business.

Impairment of goodwill could materially impact future results of operations.

We have approximately $229.2 million in goodwill at December 31, 2011. As part of the analysis of goodwill impairment, Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other, requires the Company’s management to estimate the fair value of the reporting units on at least an annual basis and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. We determine the fair value based upon discounted cash flows prepared for each reporting unit. Cash flows are developed for each reporting unit based on assumptions including revenue growth expectations, gross margins, operating expense projections, working capital, capital expense requirements and tax rates. The multi-year financial forecasts for each reporting unit used in the cash flow models considered several key business drivers such as new product lines, historical performance and industry and economic trends, among other considerations. There are inherent uncertainties related to the factors, and management’s judgment in applying these factors. At December 31, 2011, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test and concluded that there was no impairment. Future declines in our market capitalization or any other impairment indicators subsequent to the balance sheet date could be an early indication that remaining goodwill may become impaired in the future. Although a future impairment of goodwill and indefinite lived identifiable intangible assets would not affect our cash flow, it would negatively impact our operating results.

We are subject to business risks associated with international operations, which could make our international operations significantly more costly.

During 2011, we had international sales in all countries in the European Union, in Canada, the Virgin Islands, New Zealand and Australia. In 2011, our international operations comprised approximately 11.4 percent of total sales compared with 7.0 percent and 5.5 percent in 2010 and 2009, respectively. We have limited experience in marketing, selling and supporting our services outside of North America.

Operations in certain markets are subject to risks inherent in international business activities, including:

•   fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

•   complicated work permit requirements;

•   varying economic and political conditions;

•   seasonal reductions in business activity during the summer months in Europe and Asia;

•   overlapping or differing tax structures;

•   difficulties collecting accounts receivable; and

•   regulations concerning pay rates, benefits, vacation, union membership, redundancy payments and the termination of employment.

Our inability to effectively manage our international operations could result in increased costs and adversely affect our results of operations.

Adverse results in tax examinations could subject us to unforeseen liabilities and impact our financial results.

We are subject to periodic tax audits. Adverse findings or assessments made by taxing authorities as the result of an audit could have an adverse effect on our financial results, if we are unable to sustain our position with the relevant jurisdiction.

If our information systems do not function in a cost effective manner, our business will be harmed.

The operation of our business is dependent on the proper functioning of our information systems. In 2011, we continued to upgrade our information technology systems, including our PeopleSoft and Recruitmax Technology enterprise-wide information systems used in daily operations to identify and match staffing resources and client assignments, track regulatory credentialing, manage scheduling, and perform billing and accounts receivable functions. If the systems fail to perform reliably or otherwise do not meet our expectations, or if we fail to successfully complete the implementation of other modules of the systems, we could experience business interruptions that could result in deferred or lost sales. Our information systems are vulnerable to fire, storm, flood, power loss, telecommunications failures, physical or software break-ins and similar events. Our network infrastructure is currently located at our facility in Salt Lake City, Utah. As a result, any system failure or service outage at this primary facility could result in a loss of service for the duration of the failure of the outage. Our location in Southern California is susceptible to earthquakes and has experienced power shortages and outages in the past, which could result in system failures or outages. If our information systems fail or are otherwise unavailable, these functions would have to be accomplished manually, which could impact our ability to respond to business opportunities quickly, to pay our staff in a timely fashion and to bill for services efficiently.

14

The loss of key members of our senior management team could adversely affect the execution of our business strategy and our financial results.

We believe that the successful execution of our business strategy and our ability to build upon the significant recent investments in our business and acquisitions of new businesses depends on the continued employment of key members of our senior management team. If any members of our senior management team become unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, our financial results and our business could be materially adversely affected.

Failure of internal controls may leave us susceptible to errors and fraud.

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls and internal controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Furthermore, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, would be detected.

Failure to comply with restrictive covenants under our debt instruments could trigger prepayment obligations or additional costs.

Our failure to comply with restrictive covenants under our credit facilities and other debt instruments could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in the requirement to repay such borrowings before their due date. Some covenants are tied to our operating results and thus may be breached if we do not perform as expected. The lenders may require fees and expenses to be paid or other changes to terms in connection with waivers or amendments. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by increased costs and/or rates.

The trading price of our common stock has experienced significant fluctuations, which could make it difficult for us to access the public markets for financing or use our common stock as consideration in a strategic transaction.

In 2011, the trading price of our common stock experienced significant fluctuations, ranging from a high of $11.94 to a low of $6.27. The closing price of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market was $13.55 on March 9, 2012. Our common stock may continue to fluctuate widely as a result of a large number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

•   period to period fluctuations in our financial results or those of our competitors;

•   failure to meet previously announced guidance or analysts’ expectations of our quarterly results;

•   announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

•   commencement of, or involvement in, litigation;

•   any major change in our board or management;

•   changes in government regulations, including those related to Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement policies;

•   recommendations by securities analysts or changes in earnings estimates;

•   announcements about our earnings that are not in line with analyst expectations;

•   the volume of shares of common stock available for public sale;

•   announcements by our competitors of their earnings that are not in line with analyst expectations;

•   sales of stock by us or by our shareholders;

•   short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions in shares of our common stock; and

•    general economic conditions, slow or negative growth of unrelated markets and other external factors.

The stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected the trading prices of the common stock of many companies involved in the temporary staffing industry. As a result of these fluctuations, we may encounter difficulty should we determine to access the public markets for financing or use our common stock as consideration in a strategic transaction.

Our results of operations may vary from quarter to quarter as a result of a number of factors, which may make it difficult to evaluate our business and could cause instability in the trading price of our common stock.

Factors that may cause our quarterly results to fluctuate include:

•   the level of demand for our temporary staffing services and the efficiency with which we source and assign our contract professionals and support our staffing consultants in the execution of their duties;

•   changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors; and

•   our ability to control costs and manage our accounts receivable balances.

Most temporary staffing companies experience seasonal declines in demand during the first and fourth quarters, as a result of fewer business days and the reduced number of contract professionals willing to work during the holidays. Historically, we have experienced variability in the duration and depth of these seasonal declines, which in turn have materially affected our quarterly results of operations and made period-to-period comparisons of our financial and operating performance difficult.

If our operating results are below the expectations of public market analysts or investors in a given quarter, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Future sales of our common stock and the future exercise of options may cause the market price of our common stock to decline and may result in substantial dilution.

15

We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our common stock, or the availability of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market by management or us, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your common stock at a time and price which you may deem appropriate.

We have adopted anti-takeover measures that could prevent a change in our control.

In June 2003, we adopted a shareholder rights plan that has certain anti-takeover effects and will cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire us in a manner or on terms that have not been approved by our board of directors. This plan could delay or impede the removal of incumbent directors and could make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us, even if such events could be beneficial, in the short-term, to the interests of our shareholders. In addition, such provisions could limit the price that some investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that limit liability and provide for indemnification of our directors and officers, and provide that our stockholders can take action only at a duly called meeting of stockholders. These provisions and others also may have the affect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management.

Provisions in our corporate documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent a change in control that our stockholders consider favorable.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include the following:

•   Our board of directors has the right to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors.

•   Our stockholders may not act by written consent. In addition, a holder or holders controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to take certain actions without holding a stockholder’s meeting, and only stockholders owning at least 50 percent of our entire voting stock must request in writing in order to call a special meeting of stockholders (which is in addition to the authority held by our board of directors to call a special stockholder meeting).

•   Stockholders must provide advance notice to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

•   Our board of directors may issue, without stockholder approval, up to 1 million shares of undesignated or “blank check” preferred stock. The ability to issue undesignated or “blank check” preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt or make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us.

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to certain Delaware anti-takeover provisions, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Under these provisions, a corporation may not engage in a business combination with any large stockholders who hold 15 percent or more of our outstanding voting capital stock in a merger or business combination unless the holder has held the stock for 3 years, the board of directors has expressly approved the merger or business transaction or at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting capital stock not owned by such large stockholder approve the merger or the transaction. These provisions of Delaware law may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control, and may discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over its market price. In addition, our board of directors could rely on these provisions of Delaware law to discourage, prevent or delay an acquisition of us.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties

As of December 31, 2011, we leased approximately 37,200 square feet of office space through November 2021 for our field support and corporate headquarters in Calabasas, California. Additionally, we leased 16,600 square feet of office space through February 2016 for our field support offices in Blue Ash, Ohio. As of December 31, 2011, we leased approximately 56,000 square feet of office space through December 2016 at our VISTA headquarters in Salt Lake City, Utah, and 48,300 square feet of office space through December 2015 at our Oxford headquarters in Beverly, Massachusetts.

In addition, as of December 31, 2011, we lease approximately 225,300 square feet of total office space in approximately 76 branch office locations in the United States, United Kingdom, Netherlands, Belgium, Ireland, Spain, China and Canada. A branch office typically occupies space ranging from approximately 1,000 to 5,000 square feet with lease terms that typically range from six months to five years.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are involved in various legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. However, based on the facts currently available, we do not believe that the disposition of matters that are pending or asserted will have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

16

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol ASGN. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market for each quarterly period within the two most recent fiscal years. At March 9, 2012, we had approximately 40 holders of record, approximately 4,600 beneficial owners of our common stock and 37,400,313 shares outstanding.

	Price Range of Common Stock
	High		Low
Year Ended December 31, 2011
First Quarter	$	10.87	$	7.77
Second Quarter	$	11.67	$	8.06
Third Quarter	$	11.25	$	6.27
Fourth Quarter	$	11.94	$	6.68
Year Ended December 31, 2010
First Quarter	$	7.89	$	6.47
Second Quarter	$	7.75	$	4.17
Third Quarter	$	5.75	$	4.18
Fourth Quarter	$	8.85	$	5.06

Since inception, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we currently plan to retain all earnings to support the development and expansion of our business and we have no present intention of paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, the board of directors periodically reviews our dividend policy to determine whether the declaration of dividends is appropriate. Terms of our senior credit facility restrict our ability to pay dividends of more than $2.0 million per year.

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the performance of On Assignment’s common stock price during the period from December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2011 with the composite prices of companies listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market and of companies included in the SIC Code No. 736—Personnel Supply Services Companies Index. The companies listed in the SIC Code No. 736 include peer companies in the same industry or line of business as On Assignment.

The graph depicts the results of investing $100 in On Assignment’s common stock, the NASDAQ Stock Market composite index and an index of the companies listed in the SIC Code No. 736 on December 31, 2006 and assumes that dividends were reinvested during the period.

The comparisons shown in the graph below are based upon historical data, and we caution stockholders that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, potential future performance.

17

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007		2006
On Assignment, Inc.	$	95.13	$	69.35	$	60.85	$	48.25	$	59.66	$	100.00
SIC Code No. 736 Index—Personnel Supply Services Company Index	$	57.79	$	80.50	$	63.86	$	43.80	$	74.51	$	100.00
NASDAQ Stock Market Index	$	113.16	$	114.06	$	96.54	$	66.41	$	110.66	$	100.00

Common Stock Repurchases

On Assignment purchases of equity securities during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased		Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publically Announced Plans or Programs		Maximum Number of Shares (or Approximated Dollar Value) of Shares That May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
January		-		-		-	$	18,000,000
February		-		-		-	$	18,000,000
March		-		-		-	$	18,000,000
April		-		-		-	$	18,000,000
May		-		-		-	$	18,000,000
June		-		-		-	$	18,000,000
July		-		-		-	$	18,000,000
August		10,300	$	6.99		10,300	$	17,900,000
September		283,853	$	6.86		283,853	$	16,000,000
October		29,208	$	6.97		29,208	$	15,800,000
November		-		-		-	$	15,800,000
December		-		-		-	$	15,800,000
Total		323,361	$	6.87		323,361	$	15,800,000

18

On June 15, 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 2,940,939 shares of common stock. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had repurchased and retired the entire amount of the authorized repurchase shares of its common stock at a total cost of $25.0 million for such 2,940,939 shares.

On October 25, 2010, the Board of Directors authorized additional corporate stock repurchases subject to an overall repurchase cost limitation of $20.0 million. Under this program, the Company, through a third party, may repurchase shares in open market purchases or in privately negotiated transactions over a four year period. In 2010, the Company repurchased and retired 291,212 shares of its common stock at a total cost of $2.0 million. In 2011, the Company repurchased and retired 323,361 shares of its common stock at a total cost of $2.2 million. The Company’s remaining authorized cost limitation to repurchase its common stock was $15.8 million as of December 31, 2011.

19

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table presents selected financial data of On Assignment. This selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included under “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Part II, Item 8 of this report.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenues	$	597,281		$	438,065		$	416,613		$	618,058		$	567,180
Cost of services		397,176			288,609			280,245			418,602			387,643
Gross profit		200,105			149,456			136,368			199,456			179,537
Selling, general and administrative expenses		155,706			130,830			121,141			155,942			151,942
Impairment of goodwill		-			15,399			-			-			-
Operating income		44,399			3,227			15,227			43,514			27,595
Interest expense		(2,975	)		(8,309	)		(6,612	)		(9,998	)		(12,174	)
Interest income		39			141			170			715			1,394
Income (loss) before income taxes		41,463			(4,941	)		8,785			34,231			16,815
Provision for income taxes		17,166			4,956			4,078			15,261			7,493
Net income (loss)	$	24,297		$	(9,897	)	$	4,707		$	18,970		$	9,322
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic	$	0.66		$	(0.27	)	$	0.13		$	0.53		$	0.27
Diluted	$	0.64		$	(0.27	)	$	0.13		$	0.53		$	0.26
Number of shares and share equivalents used to calculate earnings (loss) per share:
Basic		36,876			36,429			36,011			35,487			35,138
Diluted		37,758			36,429			36,335			35,858			35,771
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	17,739		$	18,409		$	25,974		$	46,271		$	37,764
Working capital		74,705			50,596			62,238			91,192			79,009
Total assets		410,665			341,116			343,462			401,850			384,680
Long-term liabilities		107,513			76,579			84,847			129,805			140,803
Stockholders' equity		246,743			219,487			226,661			218,514			193,034

20

Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the other sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Special Note on Forward-looking Statements and Part I, "Item 1A — Risk Factors".

OVERVIEW

On Assignment, Inc. is a leading global provider of highly skilled, hard-to-find professionals in the growing life sciences, healthcare, and technology sectors, where quality people are the key to success. The Company goes beyond matching résumés with job descriptions to match people they know into positions they understand, for contract, contract-to-hire, and direct hire assignments. Our business currently consists of four operating segments: Life Sciences, Healthcare, Physician, and IT and Engineering.

 The Life Sciences segment provides contract and permanent life science professionals to clients in the biotechnology, pharmaceutical, food and beverage, personal care, chemical, medical device, automotive, municipal, education and environmental industries. Our contract professionals include chemists, clinical research associates, clinical lab assistants, engineers, biologists, biochemists, microbiologists, molecular biologists, biostatisticians, drug safety specialists, SAS programmers, medical writers, food scientists, regulatory affairs specialists, lab assistants and other skilled scientific professionals.

 The Healthcare segment, comprised of our Nurse Travel and Allied Healthcare lines of business provides contract professionals, both locally-based and traveling, from a number of healthcare and allied healthcare occupations. Our contract professionals include nurses, specialty nurses, health information management professionals, dialysis technicians, surgical technicians, imaging technicians, x-ray technicians, medical technologists, medical assistants, pharmacists, pharmacy technicians, respiratory therapists, phlebotomists, coders, billers, claims processors and collections staff, and dental professionals - including dental assistants, hygienists and dentists and rehabilitation therapists.

 Our Physician segment includes our physician staffing and permanent physician search services, which provides short and long-term locum tenens coverage and full-service physician search and consulting in the United States with capabilities in Australia and New Zealand. We work with physicians from nearly all medical specialties, placing them in hospitals, community-based practices, and federal, state and local facilities.

 Our IT and Engineering segment includes our IT and Engineering line of business, which provides high-end consultants with expertise in specialized information technology and engineering fields. We combine international reach with local depth, serving clients through a network of recruiting centers in North America and Europe, and branch offices in major metropolitan markets across the United States.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes selected statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of revenues:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Revenues		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%
Cost of services		66.5			65.9			67.3
Gross profit		33.5			34.1			32.7
Selling, general and administrative expenses		26.1			29.9			29.1
Impairment of goodwill		-			3.5			-
Operating income		7.4			0.7			3.7
Interest expense		(0.5	)		(1.9	)		(1.6	)
Interest income		-			-			-
Income (loss) before income taxes		6.9			(1.2	)		2.1
Provision for income taxes		2.9			1.1			1.0
Net income (loss)		4.1	%		(2.3	) %		1.1	%

* Columns may not foot due to rounding.

21

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 COMPARED WITH THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

Revenues

	Year Ended December 31,				Change
	2011		2010		$		%
Revenues by segment (in thousands):
Life Sciences	$	155,324	$	109,495	$	45,829	41.9%
Healthcare		94,598		76,287		18,311	24.0 %
Physician		80,617		73,595		7,022	9.5 %
IT and Engineering		266,742		178,688		88,054	49.3 %
Total	$	597,281	$	438,065	$	159,216	36.3 %

Revenues increased $159.2 million, or 36.3 percent, mainly due to growth in all four segments which was partially due to our acquisitions of Cambridge, Sharpstream, Valesta and HCP. Cambridge and Sharpstream were acquired in 2010, Valesta was acquired during the first quarter of 2011 and HCP was acquired on July 31, 2011. Cambridge is reported under the Life Sciences, IT and Engineering and Physician segments; Sharpstream and Valesta are reported under the Life Sciences segment and HCP is reported under the Physician segment. Consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $48.1 million related to our Cambridge, Sharpstream, Valesta and HCP acquisitions compared with $9.9 million related to the Cambridge and Sharpstream acquisitions in 2010.

Life Sciences segment revenues increased $45.8 million, or 41.9 percent, comprised of a $42.4 million increase in staffing revenues and a $3.4 million, or 46.7 percent increase in direct hire and conversion fees. The increase in staffing revenues resulted from a 29.1 percent increase in the average number of contract professionals on assignment and a 7.8 percent increase in average bill rate. The year-over-year increase in revenues was primarily attributable to increased demand for our service offerings as our clients’ end markets have improved in 2011 with the progressing economic recovery and an increase in revenues of $24.8 million from the business acquired in 2010 and 2011.

Revenues for our Healthcare segment (comprised of our Nurse Travel and Allied Healthcare lines of business) increased $18.3 million, or 24.0 percent. The increase in revenues in the Healthcare segment was attributable to improved economic trends in the healthcare sector, which contributed to the increase in the number of contract professionals on assignment, open orders and average bill rates and supporting customers who were undergoing system conversions. Although the Healthcare segment remains soft, we continue to see signs of improvement in demand. Nurse Travel revenues increased $12.9 million, or 35.1 percent, to $49.6 million, comprised of a 29.5 percent increase in the average number of nurses on assignment and a 2.0 percent increase in the average bill rate. Revenues related to staffing resulting from labor disruptions at customer sites included $7.1 million in 2011 and $5.0 million in 2010. Allied Healthcare revenues increased $5.4 million, or 13.7 percent, to $45.0 million, comprised of a 5.9 percent increase in average number of contract professionals on assignment and a 2.5 percent increase in the average bill rate. The Allied Healthcare operating environment continued to demonstrate signs of improvement as economic trends in our end markets showed signs of stabilization and growth as evidenced by year-over-year growth in the number of contractors and clients on billing, average bill rate, permanent placement activity and billable hours.

Physician segment revenues increased $7.0 million, or 9.5 percent, comprised of a 16.5 percent increase in the average number of physicians on assignment, a 1.9 percent decrease in average bill rate and a $0.3 million, or 8.5 percent decrease in direct hire and conversion fees revenue Physician segment revenues for year ended December 31, 2011 included $11.4 million related to our HCP and Cambridge acquisitions. The legacy physician staffing business decreased year over year. We attribute this to continued uncertainty related to healthcare reform, fewer physicians deciding to retire, current economic conditions and high unemployment which have reduced the number of elective procedures and lowered patient census at client facilities.

IT and Engineering segment revenues increased $88.1 million, or 49.3 percent, comprised of a 41.0 percent increase in the average number of contract professionals on assignment and a 5.8 percent increase in average bill rate. The increase in revenue was also due to a $0.9 million, or 46.4 percent increase in direct hire and conversion fee revenues. IT and Engineering segment revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 included $4.3 million in revenue from our Cambridge acquisition in April 2010, compared with $2.2 million in 2010. Because many of our placements involve capital projects, we believe that one of the reasons the demand for our services has increased with the progressing economic recovery is that more companies have increased their capital spending.

22

Gross Profit and Gross Margins

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011					2010
	Gross Profit		Gross Margin			Gross Profit		Gross Margin
Gross Profit by segment (in thousands):
Life Sciences	$	52,643		33.9	%	$	37,776		34.5	%
Healthcare		26,637		28.2	%		23,058		30.2	%
Physician		25,858		32.1	%		23,847		32.4	%
IT and Engineering		94,967		35.6	%		64,775		36.3	%
Total	$	200,105		33.5	%	$	149,456		34.1	%

The year-over-year gross profit increase was primarily due to higher revenues, which was partially offset by a 62 basis point contraction in consolidated gross margin. The contraction in gross margin was primarily due to margin contraction in the Healthcare and IT and Engineering segments.

Life Sciences segment gross profit increased $14.9 million, or 39.4 percent. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to a 41.9 percent increase in revenues, offset by a 61 basis point contraction in gross margin. The contraction in gross margin was mainly due to a benefit in 2010 from employment tax credits related to the HIRE Act, which expired on December 31, 2010, higher European payroll tax rates and holiday pay related to Valesta employees and an increase in unemployment insurance expenses. This contraction was partially offset by a $3.4 million increase in direct hire and conversion fee revenues mainly from our Sharpstream acquisition and an 11.4 percent increase in bill/pay spread.

 Healthcare segment gross profit increased $3.6 million, or 15.5 percent. The increase in gross profit was due to a 24.0 percent increase in revenues, partially offset by a 207 basis point contraction in gross margin. The contraction in gross margin was mainly due to an abnormally high gross margin in Nurse Travel in 2010, related to supporting a customer with labor disruptions when we did not have to have nurses travel and thus the related costs, a $1.8 million increase in travel related expenses, a $1.9 million increase in other employee expenses, and a $0.7 million increase in unemployment insurance expense. The contraction in gross margin was partially offset by an 8.1 percent increase in bill/pay spread. Within this segment, Allied Healthcare gross profit increased 11.0 percent while gross margin decreased 77 basis points and Nurse Travel gross profit increased 21.3 percent while gross margin decreased 283 basis points.

Physician segment gross profit increased $2.0 million, or 8.4 percent. The increase in gross profit was due to a $7.0 million, or 9.5 percent, increase in revenues, partially offset by a 32 basis point contraction in gross margin. The contraction in gross margin was primarily due to a 7.0 percent decrease in bill/pay spread, in part a result of the acquisition of HCP which has a higher concentration of lower gross margin government business, and a $0.3 million, or 8.5 percent decrease in direct hire revenue and conversion fee revenues, partially offset by a $1.5 million decrease in medical malpractice insurance expense primarily due to favorable claims development.

IT and Engineering segment gross profit increased $30.2 million, or 46.6 percent, primarily due to an $88.1 million, or 49.3 percent, increase in revenues, partially offset by a 65 basis point contraction in gross margin. The contraction in gross margin was in part due to a $4.7 million, or 35.2 percent, increase in other employee expenses, and a benefit in 2010 from employment tax credits related to the HIRE Act, which expired on December 31, 2010, partially offset by a $0.9 million increase in direct hire and conversion fee revenues and a 5.0 percent increase in bill/pay spread.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses include field operating expenses, such as costs associated with our network of staffing consultants and branch offices for each of our four segments, including staffing consultant compensation, rent, other office expenses, marketing and recruiting expenses for our contract professionals. SG&A expenses also include our corporate and branch office support expenses, such as the salaries of corporate operations and support personnel, recruiting and training expenses for field staff, marketing staff expenses, expenses related to being a publicly-traded company and other general and administrative expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, SG&A expenses increased $24.9 million, or 19.0 percent, to $155.7 million in 2011. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily due to a $20.1 million, or 21.1 percent, increase in compensation and benefits. The increase in compensation and benefits was due to (i) an $11.7 million increase in compensation expenses primarily as a result of increased headcount related to the Cambridge, Sharpstream, Valesta and HCP acquisitions and headcount additions to support anticipated high growth in certain segments, (ii) an $8.4 million increase in bonuses and commissions as a result of increased revenue and the anticipated attainment of incentive compensation targets, and (iii) a $0.5 million increase in acquisition costs primarily related to the recent acquisitions. Additionally, non-compensation and benefits related SG&A expenses increased $2.9 million as a result of the Valesta and HCP acquisitions which were both completed in 2011. This increase in SG&A expenses was partially offset by a $1.9 million gain related to the settlements of the Cambridge earn-out and Sharpstream earn-out. Total SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 26.1 percent for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with 29.9 percent in the same period in 2010.

Impairment of Goodwill. We recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $15.4 million related to Nurse Travel during 2010. The goodwill impairment charge for Nurse Travel was a result of the decreased fair value of the reporting unit due to lowered growth expectations in the later years because of uncertainty regarding the timing of the recovery of the Nurse Travel industry.

Interest Expense. Interest expense was $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with $8.3 million in 2010. This decrease was related to the $2.8 million write-off of unamortized capitalized loan costs in 2010, related to the old borrowing facility that was paid in full in December 2010, as well as lower interest rates in 2011.

23

Provision for Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes was $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with $5.0 million in 2010. The annual effective tax rate was 41.4 percent for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 47.4 percent in 2010 excluding the impact of the goodwill impairment charge. The decrease in the tax rate in 2011 was primarily related to the year-over-year increase in income before income taxes for 2011 while permanent differences increased, but not as much as the increase to the income before income taxes, which lowered the annual effective rate. Refer to Note 8 for detailed information reconciling the statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 COMPARED WITH THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009

Revenues

	Year Ended December 31,				Change
	2010		2009		$			%
Revenues by segment (in thousands):
Life Sciences	$	109,495	$	93,664	$	15,831		16.9%
Healthcare		76,287		97,137		(20,850	)	(21.5%)
Physician		73,595		87,719		(14,124	)	(16.1%)
IT and Engineering		178,688		138,093		40,595		29.4%
Total	$	438,065	$	416,613	$	21,452		5.1%

Revenues increased $21.5 million, or 5.1 percent, as a result of improved operating environments in our IT and Engineering and Life Sciences segments and our acquisitions of Cambridge and Sharpstream, offset by continued weak demand for our services in our Healthcare and Physician segments. Consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 include $7.3 million related to our Cambridge acquisition in the second quarter of 2010 and $2.6 million related to the Sharpstream acquisition in the third quarter of 2010.

Life Sciences segment revenues increased $15.8 million, or 16.9 percent, primarily due to an 11.3 percent increase in contract professionals on assignment and a $4.4 million, or 156.2 percent increase in direct hire and conversion fees. The increase in revenues was primarily due to the increase in demand for Life Sciences service offerings as our clients’ end markets have improved with the economic recovery beginning in the second quarter of 2010 and the Cambridge and Sharpstream acquisitions.

Healthcare segment revenues (comprised of our Nurse Travel and Allied Healthcare lines of business) decreased $20.9 million, or 21.5 percent. Nurse Travel revenues decreased $18.9 million, or 34.0 percent, to $36.7 million, which included $5.0 million of revenue in 2010 generated from supporting customers that experienced labor disruptions. The decrease was primarily due to a 40.6 percent decrease in the average number of nurses on assignment and a 3.6 percent decrease in the average bill rate. Allied Healthcare revenues decreased $2.0 million, or 4.7 percent, to $39.5 million due to an 11.6 percent decrease in the average number of contract professionals on assignment and a $0.5 million decrease in direct hire and conversion fee revenues. These decreases were partially offset by a 2.8 percent increase in the average bill rate. Based on our research and client feedback, we believe the decrease in revenues was attributable to continued adverse economic trends in the healthcare sector, which contributed to the decrease in number of travelers on assignment, open orders, and average bill rates. While the Allied Healthcare operating environment continued to demonstrate signs of improvement, growth was constrained by (i) a continued reduction in demand for elective procedures, (ii) a greater number of patients choosing more cost effective forms of treatment such as self-medication, (iii) hospitals reduced usage of contract professionals in response to declining cash balances and patient admissions and (iv) reduced demand for less critical allied skill modalities and a dramatic decline in demand for flu vaccine as compared to the H1N1 pandemic we faced the prior year.

Physician segment revenues decreased $14.1 million, or 16.1 percent. The decrease in revenues was primarily attributable to a 16.9 percent decrease in the average number of physicians on assignment. These decreases were partially offset by a $0.6 million, or 32.5 percent increase in direct hire revenues. The average bill rate for the Physician segment was flat. Based on industry research and client feedback, we believe the decrease in revenues was primarily due to the economic conditions and high unemployment which have reduced the number of elective procedures and lowered patient census at client facilities.

IT and Engineering segment revenues increased $40.6 million, or 29.4 percent. The increase in revenues was primarily due to a 34.1 percent increase in the average number of contract professionals on assignment and a $1.2 million increase in direct hire and conversion fee revenues. These increases were partially offset by a 4.4 percent decrease in the average bill rate. Because many of our placements involve capital projects, we believe that one of the reasons the demand for our IT and Engineering services has increased with the economic recovery is that more companies have increased their capital spending.

Gross Profit and Gross Margins

	Year Ended December 31,
	2010					2009
	Gross Profit		Gross Margin			Gross Profit		Gross Margin
Gross Profit by segment (in thousands):
Life Sciences	$	37,776		34.5	%	$	30,470		32.5	%
Healthcare		23,058		30.2	%		27,329		28.1	%
Physician		23,847		32.4	%		28,545		32.5	%
IT and Engineering		64,775		36.3	%		50,024		36.2	%
Total	$	149,456		34.1	%	$	136,368		32.7	%

The year-over-year gross profit increase was primarily due to a 139 basis point expansion in consolidated gross margin and a 5.1 percent improvement in total revenue. The increase in gross margin was primarily attributable to an increase in the percent of revenues related to the IT and Engineering reporting unit, which has highest gross margin of all the segments and margin expansion in the Healthcare and Life Sciences segments.

24

Life Sciences segment gross profit increased $7.3 million, or 24.0 percent. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to a 16.9 percent increase in the segment revenues and a 197 basis point expansion in gross margin. The expansion in gross margin was due to a $4.4 million, or 156.2 percent, increase in direct hire and conversion fee revenues, partially offset by a 2.4 percent decrease in bill/pay spread.

Healthcare segment gross profit decreased $4.3 million, or 15.6 percent. The decrease in gross profit was due to a 21.5 percent decrease in the segment revenues, partially offset by a 210 basis point expansion in gross margin. The expansion in gross margin was primarily due to Nurse Travel revenues of $5.0 million at gross margins of 53.5 percent related to supporting customers with labor disruptions in 2010. The expansion in gross margin was partially offset by a 7.6 percent decrease in the bill/pay spread and an increase in billable expenses and workers’ compensation insurance expense. Within this segment, Allied Healthcare gross profit decreased 5.8 percent while gross margin decreased 39 basis points and Nurse Travel gross profit decreased 25.5 percent while gross margin increased 312 basis points which was primarily due to the high gross margins on supporting customers with labor disruptions in 2010 described above.

Physician segment gross profit decreased $4.7 million, or 16.5 percent. The decrease in gross profit was due to a $14.1 million, or 16.1 percent, decrease in the segment revenues as well as a 14 basis point contraction in gross margin. The contraction in gross margin was primarily due to a 3.2 percent decrease in bill/pay spread, partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in direct hire revenues.

IT and Engineering segment gross profit increased $14.8 million, or 29.5 percent. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to a $40.6 million, or 29.4 percent increase in revenues.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses include field operating expenses, such as costs associated with our network of staffing consultants and branch offices for each of our four segments, including staffing consultant compensation, rent, other office expenses, marketing and recruiting expenses for our contract professionals. SG&A expenses also include our corporate and branch office support expenses, such as the salaries of corporate operations and support personnel, recruiting and training expenses for field staff, marketing staff expenses, expenses related to being a publicly-traded company and other general and administrative expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, SG&A expenses increased $9.7 million, or 8.0 percent, to $130.8 million from $121.1 million for the same period in 2009. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily due to a $12.9 million increase in compensation and benefits. The increase in compensation and benefits was due to a $9.4 million increase in bonuses, commissions and stock-based compensation as a result of increased revenue and the attainment of incentive compensation targets as well as a $3.2 million increase in compensation expenses as a result of increased headcount related to the Cambridge and Sharpstream acquisitions. The increase in SG&A expenses was also due to a $0.9 million increase in travel expenses for acquisition-related activities in 2010. The increase in SG&A expenses was partially offset by a $4.0 million decrease in amortization expense as certain intangible assets became fully amortized in the first quarter of 2010. Total SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues increased to 29.9 percent for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 29.1 percent in the same period in 2009.

Impairment of Goodwill. We recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $15.4 million related to Nurse Travel during 2010. The goodwill impairment charge for Nurse Travel was a result of the decreased fair value of the reporting unit due to lowered growth expectations in the later years because of uncertainty regarding the timing of the recovery of the Nurse Travel industry.

Interest Expense and Interest Income. Interest expense was $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared with $6.6 million in 2009. This increase was primarily due to the write-off of unamortized capitalized loan costs of $2.8 million related to the old borrowing facility that was paid in full in December 2010 as well as a $1.3 million gain in 2009 for the mark-to-market adjustment on our interest rate swap, which expired on June 30, 2009, partially offset by lower average debt balances in 2010.

 Interest income decreased to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared with $0.2 million in 2009 due to lower account balances invested in interest-bearing accounts and lower average interest rates.

Provision for Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes was $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared with $4.1 million in 2009. Excluding the impact of the goodwill impairment charge, the effective tax rate was 47.4 percent in 2010 compared with 46.4 percent in 2009.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our working capital at December 31, 2011 was $74.7 million and our cash and cash equivalents were $17.7 million, of which $6.8 million was held in foreign countries. Cash held in foreign countries are not available to fund domestic operations unless repatriated, which would require the accrual and payment of taxes. We do not intend to repatriate cash held in foreign countries. Our operating cash flows have been our primary source of liquidity and historically have been sufficient to fund our working capital and capital expenditure needs. Our working capital requirements consist primarily of the financing of accounts receivable, payroll expenses and the periodic payments of principal and interest on our loans.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $23.4 million for 2011 compared with $26.9 million for 2010. Cash provided by operating activities in 2011 were primarily driven by income from operations, an increase in accrued payroll and contract professional pay, offset by an increase in accounts receivable. Cash provided by operating activities in 2010 were primarily driven by income from operations, a decrease in prepaid income taxes and an increase in accrued payroll and contract professional pay, offset by an increase in accounts receivable.

Net cash used in investing activities was $41.1 million during 2011 compared with $16.6 million during 2010. Cash paid for acquisitions was approximately $32.8 million and capital expenditures for information technology projects, leasehold improvements and various property and equipment purchases increased $2.1 million to $8.4 million in 2011. We estimate that capital expenditures for 2012 will be approximately $8 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $17.5 million for 2011, compared with $16.6 million used in financing activities in 2010. During 2011, principal payments of long-term debt were $20.5 million, versus $79.2 million paid down during 2010. Proceeds from new borrowings on the term loan and line of credit were $40.5 million and $68.0 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

25

 Under terms of the credit facility, the term loan facility is repayable at the minimum rate of $1.3 million per quarter and we are required to reduce the term loan by up to 50 percent of our excess cash flow based on leverage ratios, as defined by the agreement for each year end over the next five years. We are required to maintain certain financial covenants, including a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. As of December 31, 2011, we were in compliance with all such covenants. Additionally, the agreement, which is secured by substantially all of our assets, provides for certain limitations on our ability to, among other things, incur additional debt, offer loans, declare dividends and incur capital expenditures.

We continue to make progress on enhancements to our front-office and back-office information systems. These enhancements include the consolidation of back-office systems across all corporate functions, as well as enhancements to and broader application of our front-office software across all lines of business.

We believe that our working capital as of December 31, 2011, our credit facility and positive operating cash flows expected from future activities will be sufficient to fund future requirements of our debt repayment obligations, accounts payable and related payroll expenses, as well as capital expenditure initiatives for the next twelve months.

Commitments and Contingencies

We lease space for our corporate and branch offices. Rent expense was $8.6 million in 2011, $8.4 million in 2010 and $8.2 million in 2009.

The following table sets forth, on an aggregate basis, at December 31, 2011, the amounts of specified contractual cash obligations required to be paid in the periods shown (in thousands):

Contractual Obligations	2012		2013		2014		2015		2016		Thereafter		Total
Long-term debt obligations	$	5,000	$	5,000	$	5,000	$	71,750	$	―	$	―	$	86,750
Operating lease obligations		7,028		6,079		5,558		4,955		3,203		5,954		32,777
Total	$	12,028	$	11,079	$	10,558	$	76,705	$	3,203	$	5,954	$	119,527

For additional information about these contractual cash obligations, see Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in Part II, Item 8 of this report. Interest payments related to our bank debt are not set forth in the table above.

We are partially self-insured for our workers' compensation liability related to the Life Sciences, Healthcare and IT and Engineering segments as well as the medical malpractice liability related to the Physician segment. In connection with this program, we pay a base premium plus actual losses incurred up to certain levels and are insured for losses greater than certain levels per occurrence and in the aggregate. The self-insurance claim liability is determined based on claims filed and claims incurred but not yet reported. We account for claims incurred but not yet reported based on estimates derived from historical claims experience and current trends of industry data. Changes in estimates, differences in estimates and actual payments for claims are recognized in the period that the estimates changed or payments were made. The self-insurance claim liability was approximately $10.4 million and $10.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Additionally, we have unused stand-by letters of credit outstanding to secure obligations for workers’ compensation claims with various insurance carriers. The unused stand-by letters of credit at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $2.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we have an income tax reserve in other long-term liabilities related to our uncertain tax positions of $0.3 million.

We are involved in various other legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. However, based on the facts currently available, we do not believe that the disposition of matters that are pending or asserted will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

We are subject to earn-out obligations entered into in connection with acquisitions. If the acquired businesses meet predetermined targets, we are obligated to make additional cash payments in accordance with the terms of such earn-out obligations. At December 31, 2011, the Company has potential future earn-out obligations of approximately $10.2 million through 2013.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had no significant off-balance sheet arrangements other than operating leases and unused stand-by letters of credit outstanding.

Accounting Standards Updates

See Note 1, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this report for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements.

26

Critical Accounting Policies

Our accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this report. We prepare our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We consider the following policies to be most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing our financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Billing Adjustments. We estimate an allowance for doubtful accounts as well as an allowance for billing adjustments related to trade receivables based on our analysis of historical collection and adjustment experience. We apply actual collection and adjustment percentages to the outstanding accounts receivable balances at the end of the period. Impaired receivables, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible. If we experience a significant change in collections or billing adjustment experience, our estimates of the recoverability of accounts receivable could change by a material amount.

Workers’ Compensation and Medical Malpractice Loss Reserves. We are partially self-insured for our workers’ compensation liability related to the Life Sciences, Healthcare and IT and Engineering segments as well as our medical malpractice liability related to the Physician segment. In connection with these programs, we pay a base premium plus actual losses incurred, not to exceed certain stop-loss limits. We are insured for losses above these limits, both per occurrence and in the aggregate. The self-insurance claim liability is determined based on claims filed and claims incurred but not reported. We account for claims incurred but not yet reported based on estimates derived from historical claims experience and current trends of industry data. Changes in estimates and differences in estimates and actual payments for claims are recognized in the period that the estimates changed or the payments were made.

Contingencies. We record an estimated loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to issuance of our financial statements indicates it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements, and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Accounting for contingencies, such as legal settlements, workers’ compensation matters and medical malpractice insurance matters, requires us to use our judgment. While we believe that our accruals for these matters are adequate, if the actual loss from a loss contingency is significantly different than the estimated loss, results of operations may be over or understated.

Income taxes. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

We make a comprehensive review of our uncertain tax positions regularly. In this regard, an uncertain tax position represents our expected treatment of a tax position taken in a filed return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim that has not been reflected in measuring income tax expense for financial reporting purposes. In general, until these positions are sustained by the taxing authorities or statutes expire for the year that the position was taken, we do not recognize the tax benefits resulting from such positions and report the tax effects as a liability for uncertain tax positions in our consolidated balance sheets.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets having an indefinite useful life are not amortized for financial statement purposes. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis as of December 31, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives consist of trademarks. In order to test the trademarks for impairment, we determine the fair value of the trademarks and compare such amount to its carrying value. We determine the fair value of the trademarks using a projected discounted cash flow analysis based on the relief-from-royalty approach. The principal factors used in the discounted cash flow analysis requiring judgment are projected net sales, discount rate, royalty rate and terminal value assumption. The royalty rate used in the analysis is based on transactions that have occurred in our industry. Intangible assets having finite lives are amortized over their useful lives and are reviewed to ensure that no conditions exist indicating the recorded amount is not recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. We did not have any impairment of indefinite-lived intangibles in 2011, 2010, or 2009.

Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a reporting unit, which is generally an operating segment or one level below the operating segment level for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed by segment management. This first step is a screen for impairment and compares the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. We determine the fair value of each reporting unit based upon a weighted average calculation using the fair value derived from a discounted cash flow analysis and a market approach analysis. Discounted cash flows are developed for each reporting unit based on assumptions including revenue growth expectations, gross margins, operating expense projections, working capital, capital expense requirements and tax rates. The multi-year financial forecasts for each reporting unit used in the cash flow models considered several key business drivers such as new product lines, historical performance and industry and economic trends, among other considerations. The market approach considers multiples of financial metrics, primarily EBITDA, based on trading multiples of a group of guideline public companies in the staffing industry, which multiples are then applied to the corresponding financial metrics of our reporting units to derive an indication of fair value.

If after performing the first step of the impairment test, the fair value of the reporting unit does not exceed its carrying value, we perform a second step for that reporting unit. The second step measures the amount of goodwill impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the impacted reporting unit goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined under the same approach utilized to estimate the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. This approach requires we allocate the fair value of the impacted reporting unit as calculated in the first step of the goodwill impairment test to the reporting unit assets, including identifiable intangible assets, which typically includes tradenames, staffing databases and customer relationships, and liabilities, based on the estimated fair values of such assets and liabilities, with any excess reporting unit fair value representing the implied fair value of goodwill for that reporting unit. The reporting unit goodwill impairment loss, if any, is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill calculated in the second step of the goodwill impairment test.

27

The principal factors used in the discounted cash flow analysis requiring judgment are the projected results of operations, discount rate, and terminal value assumptions. The discount rate is determined using the weighted average cost of capital (WACC). The WACC takes into account the relative weights of each component of an average market participant’s capital structure (equity and debt). It also considers our risk-free rate of return, equity market risk premium, beta and size premium adjustment. A single discount rate is utilized across each reporting unit since we do not believe that there would be significant differences by reporting unit. Additionally, the selection of the discount rate accounts for any uncertainties in the forecasts. The terminal value assumptions are applied subsequent to the tenth year of the discounted cash flow model.

We performed the step one analyses for each reporting unit as of December 31, 2011 as this is our annual impairment test date. No impairment was noted for any of the reporting units as of December 31, 2011. The fair value of all reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values by approximately 30 percent or more. The discount rate used in the cash flow analysis was 14.6 percent.  

We recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $15.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2010. Goodwill for the Company’s impaired reporting unit, Nurse Travel, with a carrying amount of $15.4 million was written down to the implied fair value of $0 resulting in an impairment charge of $15.4 million. There was no goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2009, based upon the analysis as of that date.

The discounted cash flows and the resulting fair value estimates of our reporting units are sensitive to changes in other assumptions which includes an increase of less than 10 percent in the discount rate of a reporting unit. Such change could cause the fair value of certain significant reporting units to be below their carrying value. Additionally, we have assumed that there will be an economic recovery at the beginning of 2012 for the Physician reporting unit. Changes in the timing of the recovery and the impact on our operations and costs may also affect the sensitivity of the projections including achieving future cost savings resulting from initiatives which contemplate further synergies from system and operational improvements in infrastructure and field support which were included in our forecasts. Ultimately, future changes in these assumptions may impact the estimated fair value of a reporting unit and cause the fair value of the reporting unit to be below its carrying value, which would require a step two analysis and may result in impairment of goodwill.

Due to the many variables inherent in the estimation of a business’s fair value and the relative size of recorded goodwill, changes in assumptions may have a material effect on the results of our impairment analysis. Downward revisions of our forecasts, extended delays in the economic recovery, or a sustained decline of our stock price resulting in market capitalization significantly below book value could lead to an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets with indefinite lives in future periods.

Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate long-lived assets, other than goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, in which case a write-down is recorded to reduce the related asset to its estimated fair value. There was no impairment of long-lived assets as of December 31, 2011, 2010 or 2009.

Business Combinations. The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. To the extent the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, such excess is allocated to goodwill. We determine the estimated fair values after review and consideration of relevant information including discounted cash flows, quoted market prices and estimates made by management. Accordingly, these can be affected by contract performance and other factors over time, which may cause final amounts to differ materially from original estimates. We adjust the preliminary purchase price allocation, as necessary, up to one year after the acquisition closing date if we obtain more information regarding asset valuations and liabilities assumed.

Goodwill acquired in business combinations is assigned to the reporting unit(s) expected to benefit from the combination as of the acquisition date. Acquisition related costs are recognized separately from the acquisition and are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation. We record compensation expense for restricted stock awards and stock units based on the fair market value of the awards on the date of grant. Market-based awards, which are based on achievement of targets indexed to our share price, are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model. Compensation expense for performance-based awards is measured based on the amount of shares ultimately expected to vest, estimated at each reporting date based on management’s expectations regarding the relevant performance criteria. We account for stock options granted and ESPP shares based on an estimated fair market value using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. This methodology requires the use of subjective assumptions, including expected stock price volatility and the estimated life of each award. The fair value of equity-based compensation awards less the estimated forfeitures is amortized over the service period of the award.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks arising from transactions in the normal course of business, principally risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations and interest rates. We are exposed to foreign currency risk from the translation of foreign operations into U.S. dollars. Based on the relative size and nature of our foreign operations, we do not believe that a ten percent change in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar would have a material impact on our financial statements. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate risk associated with our debt instruments. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further description of our debt instruments.

On May 2, 2007, we entered into an interest rate swap with a financial institution, which expired on June 30, 2009 in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Prior to the expiration of the interest rate swap on June 30, 2009, the Company entered into a one-year interest rate cap contract effective July 1, 2009, in order to mitigate the interest rate risk as required by the prior credit facility agreement. The interest rate cap contract was for a notional amount of $51.0 million with a one-month LIBOR cap of 3.0 percent. The interest rate cap agreement expired on July 1, 2010. Prior to its expiration, the interest rate cap contract had the effect of capping the effective one month LIBOR rate at 3.0 percent. Following the expiration of the interest rate cap agreement, the fair value of the long-term debt effectively became subject to market interest rate volatility until such time that the credit facility was replaced with a new senior secured credit agreement on December 3, 2010.

On February 18, 2011, we entered into another interest rate swap agreement to hedge a portion of our interest rate exposure on our senior secured credit agreement. The swap has a notional amount of $25.0 million and fixes a portion of our base borrowing rate, which is a floating rate based on a LIBOR swap rate that resets periodically.

28

As of December 31, 2011, we had $86.8 million of principal outstanding under the senior secured credit agreement, $61.8 million of which bears interest at variable-rates. We have the option to determine the variable interest rate as the Eurodollar rate or the base rate (which is the highest of the bank’s prime rate, one-half of 1.0 percent in excess of the overnight federal funds rate, and 1.0 percent in excess of the one-month Eurodollar rate), plus in each case, an applicable margin.

Excluding the effect of our interest rate swap agreement, a hypothetical 1.0 percent change in interest rates on variable rate debt would have resulted in interest expense fluctuating approximately $0.9 million based on $86.8 million of debt outstanding for any twelve month period. Including the effect of our interest rate swap agreement, a 1.0 percent change in interest rates on variable debt would have resulted in interest expense fluctuating approximately $0.6 million based on $86.8 million of debt outstanding for any twelve month period.

We have not entered into any market risk sensitive instruments for trading purposes.

29

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of On Assignment, Inc.

Calabasas, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of On Assignment, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of On Assignment, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 14, 2012

30

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 (In thousands, except share and per share data)

	December 31,
	2011			2010
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	17,739		$	18,409
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and billing adjustments of $2,777 and $2,175, respectively		93,925			62,518
Advances and deposits		218			480
Prepaid expenses		3,718			3,555
Prepaid income taxes		2,927			494
Deferred income tax assets		9,271			8,784
Other		3,316			1,406
Total current assets		131,114			95,646
Property and equipment, net		18,057			15,818
Goodwill		229,234			199,720
Identifiable intangible assets, net		30,206			25,170
Other long-term assets		2,054			4,762
Total Assets	$	410,665		$	341,116
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt	$	5,000		$	5,000
Accounts payable		4,112			5,392
Accrued payroll and contract professional pay		24,948			15,727
Deferred compensation		1,896			2,198
Workers’ compensation and medical malpractice loss reserves		10,401			10,244
Income taxes payable		—			1,496
Current portion of accrued earn-outs		3,488			800
Other		6,564			4,193
Total current liabilities		56,409			45,050
Deferred income tax liabilities		14,856			10,156
Long-term debt		81,750			61,750
Accrued earn-outs		6,368			2,900
Other long-term liabilities		4,539			1,773
Total liabilities		163,922			121,629
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders’ Equity:
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued		—			—
Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized, 37,012,250 and 36,398,811 issued and outstanding,  respectively		370			365
Paid-in capital		229,377			224,139
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)		19,034			(5,021	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)		(2,038	)		4
Total stockholders’ equity		246,743			219,487
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	410,665		$	341,116

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

31

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands, except per share data)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Revenues	$	597,281		$	438,065		$	416,613
Cost of services		397,176			288,609			280,245
Gross profit		200,105			149,456			136,368
Selling, general and administrative expenses		155,706			130,830			121,141
Impairment of goodwill		-			15,399			-
Operating income		44,399			3,227			15,227
Interest expense		(2,975	)		(8,309	)		(6,612	)
Interest income		39			141			170
Income (loss) before income taxes		41,463			(4,941	)		8,785
Provision for income taxes		17,166			4,956			4,078
Net income (loss)	$	24,297		$	(9,897	)	$	4,707
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic	$	0.66		$	(0.27	)	$	0.13
Diluted	$	0.64		$	(0.27	)	$	0.13
Number of shares and share equivalents used to calculate earnings (loss) per share:
Basic		36,876			36,429			36,011
Diluted		37,758			36,429			36,335

Reconciliation of net income (loss) to comprehensive income (loss):
Net income (loss)	$	24,297		$	(9,897	)	$	4,707
Changes in fair value of derivative, net of income tax of $227		(380	)		-			-
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(1,662	)		(1,122	)		326
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	22,255		$	(11,019	)	$	5,033

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

32

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share data)

	Common Stock						Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income			Treasury Stock						Total
	Shares			Amount												Shares			Amount
Balance at January 1, 2009		38,816,844		$	388		$	227,522		$	16,215		$	800			(3,097,364	)	$	(26,411	)	$	218,514
Exercise of common stock options		17,925			—			98			—			—			—			—			98
Employee stock purchase plan		227,784			2			455			—			—			—			—			457
Stock-based compensation expense		—			—			5,015			—			—			—			—			5,015
Vesting of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards		297,621			3			(1,073	)		—			—			—			—			(1,070	)
Tax deficiency from stock-based compensation		—			—			(1,386	)		—			—			—			—			(1,386	)
Retirement of treasury stock		(3,097,364	)		(30	)		(10,549	)		(15,832	)		—			3,097,364			26,411			—
Translation adjustments		—			—			—			—			326			—			—			326
Net income		—			—			—			4,707			—			—			—			4,707
Balance at December 31, 2009		36,262,810			363			220,082			5,090			1,126			—			—			226,661
Exercise of common stock options		68,200			1			332			—			—			—			—			333
Stock repurchase and retirement of shares		(291,212	)		(3	)		(1,783	)		(214	)		—			—			—			(2,000	)
Stock-based compensation expense		—			—			7,151			—			—			—			—			7,151
Vesting of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards		359,013			4			(1,309	)		—			—			—			—			(1,305	)
Tax deficiency from stock-based compensation		—			—			(334	)		—			—			—			—			(334	)
Translation adjustments		—			—			—			—			(1,122	)		—			—			(1,122	)
Net loss		—			—			—			(9,897	)		—			—			—			(9,897	)
Balance at December 31, 2010		36,398,811			365			224,139			(5,021	)		4			—			—			219,487
Exercise of common stock options		293,893			2			1,722			—			—			—			—			1,724
Employee stock purchase plan		187,036			2			975			—			—			—			—			977
Stock repurchase and retirement of shares		(323,361	)		(3	)		(1,985	)		(242	)		—			—			—			(2,230	)
Stock-based compensation expense		—			—			5,868			—			—			—			—			5,868
Vesting of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards		455,871			4			(2,223	)		—			—			—			—			(2,219	)
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation		—			—			881			—			—			—			—			881
Fair value adjustment of derivatives, net of income tax		—			—			—			—			(380	)		—			—			(380	)
Translation adjustments		—			—			—			—			(1,662	)		—			—			(1,662	)
Net income		—			—			—			24,297						—			—			24,297
Balance at December 31, 2011		37,012,250		$	370		$	229,377		$	19,034		$	(2,038	)		—		$	—		$	246,743

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

33

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income (loss)	$	24,297		$	(9,897	)	$	4,707
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation		6,505			5,881			5,731
Amortization of intangible assets		2,346			2,115			6,075
Provision for doubtful accounts and billing adjustments		1,127			644			296
Deferred income tax provision		3,748			2,274			4,287
Stock-based compensation		6,927			7,749			5,007
Amortization of deferred loan costs		460			961			894
Write-down of deferred loan costs		—			2,208			—
Change in fair value of interest rate swap		—			—			(1,345	)
(Gain) loss on officers’ life insurance policies		183			(212	)		(478	)
Gross excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation		(1,113	)		(205	)		(34	)
Impairment of goodwill		—			15,399			—
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment		61			(3	)		(246	)
Change in accrued earn-outs		(2,009	)		—			—
Workers’ compensation and medical malpractice provision		3,196			4,310			4,283
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable		(25,079	)		(10,532	)		28,024
Prepaid expenses		(1,633	)		(501	)		1,076
Prepaid income taxes		(1,292	)		4,223			(958	)
Accounts payable		(1,812	)		1,032			(695	)
Accrued payroll and contract professional pay		6,400			3,880			(9,017	)
Income taxes payable		(1,231	)		856			—
Deferred compensation		(303	)		128			460
Workers’ compensation and medical malpractice loss reserves		(1,467	)		(3,948	)		(3,688	)
Tenant improvement allowances		1,308			—			—
Other		2,800			499			(2,366	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		23,419			26,861			42,013
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Cash paid for property and equipment		(8,411	)		(6,302	)		(4,673	)
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(32,818	)		(10,458	)		(10,239	)
Proceeds from insurance settlements		—			42			512
Other		109			137			572
Net cash used in investing activities		(41,120	)		(16,581	)		(13,828	)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Principal payments of long-term debt		(20,500	)		(79,163	)		(48,000	)
Proceeds from term debt		40,500			68,000			—
Proceeds from stock transactions		2,701			333			555
Payment of employment taxes related to release of restricted stock awards		(2,214	)		(1,955	)		(325	)
Gross excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation		1,113			205			34
Repurchase of Common Stock		(2,230	)		(2,000	)		—
Debt issuance or amendment costs		(87	)		(1,938	)		(1,065	)
Payments of other long-term liabilities		(1,731	)		(52	)		(156	)
Other		(43	)		(44	)		—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		17,509			(16,614	)		(48,957	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(478	)		(1,231	)		475
Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents		(670	)		(7,565	)		(20,297	)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year		18,409			25,974			46,271
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year	$	17,739		$	18,409		$	25,974

 (continued)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

34

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash paid (refunds received) for:
Income taxes	$	16,163	$	(2,578)	$	1,230
Interest	$	2,659	$	5,478	$	8,564
Acquisitions:
Goodwill	$	30,504	$	10,458	$	—
Identifiable intangible assets acquired		7,726		1,761		170
Net tangible assets acquired		4,934		—		44
Fair value of assets acquired, net of cash received	$	43,164	$	12,219	$	214
Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities
Payable for employment taxes withheld related to release of restricted stock awards	$	—	$	96	$	745
Accrued earn-out payments	$	10,346	$	3,700	$	—
Acquisition through notes payable	$	—	$	—	$	143
Acquisition of property and equipment through accounts payable	$	324	$	383	$	555

  (concluded)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

35

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition. Revenues from contract assignments, net of sales adjustments and discounts, are recognized when earned, based on hours worked by the Company’s contract professionals on a weekly basis. Conversion and direct hire fees are recognized when earned, upon conversion or direct hire of a contract professional to a client’s regular employee. In addition, the Company records a sales allowance against consolidated revenues, which is an estimate based on historical billing adjustment experience. The sales allowance is recorded as a reduction to revenues and an increase to the allowance for billing adjustments. The billing adjustment reserve includes an allowance for fallouts. Fallouts are direct hire and conversion fees that do not complete the contingency period. The contingency period is typically 90 days or less. The Company includes reimbursed expenses, including those related to travel and out-of-pocket expenses, in revenues and the associated amounts of reimbursable expenses in cost of services.

The Company generally records revenue on a gross basis as a principal versus on a net basis as an agent in the consolidated statements of operations. The key indicators supporting the Company’s conclusion that it acts as a principal in substantially all of its transactions are that the Company (i) has the direct contractual relationships with its customers, (ii) bears the risks and rewards of the transactions, and (iii) has the discretion to select the contract professionals and establish their price. To the extent that the Company concludes that it does not act as the principal in the arrangement, revenues are recorded on a net basis.

Income Taxes. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 The Company makes a comprehensive review of its uncertain tax positions regularly. In this regard, an uncertain tax position represents the Company’s expected treatment of a tax position taken in a filed return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim that has not been reflected in measuring income tax expense for financial reporting purposes. In general, until these positions are sustained by the taxing authorities or statutes expire for the year that the position was taken, the Company does not recognize the tax benefits resulting from such positions and reports the tax effects as a liability for uncertain tax positions in its consolidated balance sheets.

Foreign Currency Translation. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign operations is their local currency, and as such, their assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during each monthly period. The related translation adjustments are recorded as cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, which are not material, are included in SG&A expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less on the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Billing Adjustments. The Company estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts and an allowance for billing adjustments related to trade receivables based on an analysis of historical collection and billing adjustment experience. The Company applies actual historical collection and adjustment percentages to the outstanding accounts receivable balances at the end of the period. Impaired receivables, or portions thereof, are written-off when deemed uncollectible. 

Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of the related asset or the remaining term of the lease. Costs associated with customized internal-use software systems that have reached the application stage and meet recoverability tests are capitalized. Such capitalized costs include external direct costs utilized in developing or obtaining the applications and payroll and payroll-related expenses for employees who are directly associated with the applications.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets having an indefinite useful life are not amortized for financial statement purposes. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis as of December 31, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives consist of trademarks. In order to test the trademarks for impairment, the Company determines the fair value of the trademarks and compares such amount to its carrying value. Intangible assets having finite lives are amortized over their useful lives and are reviewed to ensure that no conditions exist indicating the recorded amount is not recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows.

36

Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a reporting unit, which is generally an operating segment or one level below the operating segment level, for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed by segment management. This first step is a screen for impairment and compares the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. The second step measures the amount of impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the impacted reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill.  The impairment loss is measured by the amount the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill.

The Company performed the step one analyses for each reporting unit as of December 31, 2011 as this is the annual impairment test date. The Company noted no impairment for any of the reporting units as of December 31, 2011.

Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. The Company evaluates long-lived assets, other than goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, in which case a write-down is recorded to reduce the related asset to its estimated fair value. 

Workers’ Compensation and Medical Malpractice Loss Reserves. The Company partially self-insures its workers’ compensation liability and medical malpractice liability exposure. In connection with these programs, the Company pays a base premium plus actual losses incurred, not to exceed certain stop-loss limits. The Company is insured for losses above these limits, both per occurrence and in the aggregate. The self-insurance claim liability is determined based on claims filed and claims incurred but not reported. The Company accounts for claims incurred but not yet reported based on estimates derived from historical claims experience and current trends of industry data. Changes in estimates and differences in estimates and actual payments for claims are recognized in the period that the estimates changed or the payments were made.

Contingencies. The Company records an estimated loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to issuance of its financial statements indicates it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements, and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Accounting for contingencies, such as legal settlements, workers’ compensation matters and medical malpractice insurance matters, requires the Company to use judgment.

Business Combinations. The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. To the extent the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, such excess is allocated to goodwill. The Company determines the estimated fair values after review and consideration of relevant information including discounted cash flows, quoted market prices and estimates made by management. Accordingly, these can be affected by contract performance and other factors over time, which may cause final amounts to differ materially from original estimates. The Company adjusts the preliminary purchase price allocation, as necessary, up to one year after the acquisition closing date if it obtains more information regarding asset valuations and liabilities assumed.

 Goodwill acquired in business combinations is assigned to the reporting unit(s) expected to benefit from the combination as of the acquisition date. Acquisition related costs are recognized separately from the acquisition and are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation. The Company records compensation expense for restricted stock awards and stock units based on the fair market value of the awards on the date of grant. Market-based awards, which are based on achievement of targets indexed to the Company’s share price, are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model. Compensation expense for performance-based awards is measured based on the amount of shares ultimately expected to vest, estimated at each reporting date based on management’s expectations regarding the relevant performance criteria. The Company accounts for stock options granted and ESPP shares based on an estimated fair market value using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. This methodology requires the use of subjective assumptions including expected stock price volatility and the estimated life of each award. The fair value of equity-based compensation awards less the estimated forfeitures is amortized over the vesting period of the award.

Concentration of Credit Risk. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risks consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents in low risk investments with quality credit institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any single institution above FDIC insured limits. For the Life Sciences, Physician, IT and Engineering segments, and the Nurse Travel and the Allied Healthcare lines of businesses, concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited because of the large number of geographically dispersed customers, thus spreading the trade credit risk. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations to identify risks and maintains an allowance to address these risks.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The recorded values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair value based on their short-term nature. Long-term debt recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 was $86.8 million. The fair value of the long-term debt, based on Level 2 inputs including the yields of comparable companies with similar credit characteristics, was $86.0 million. The fair value of the interest rate swap is based upon market interest rates, using a discounted cash flow model and an adjustment for counterparty risk. See Note 13 for further information.

Derivative Instruments. The Company utilizes derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes, nor does it use leveraged financial instruments.

Advertising Costs. Advertising costs, which are expensed as incurred, were $3.2 million in 2011, $3.1 million in 2010, and $3.5 million in 2009.

Accounting Standards Updates. In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210)—Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. Entities are required to disclose both gross and net information about these instruments. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

37

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment (Topic 350) — Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (ASU 2011-08), to allow entities to use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If so, it is necessary to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, the two step goodwill impairment test is not required. ASU 2011-08 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 and earlier adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 will not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) — Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. ASU 2011-05 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 and should be applied retrospectively. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, which defers certain aspects of ASU 2011-05 related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 will not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S.

GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (Topic 820) — Fair Value Measurement (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2012 and should be applied prospectively. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 will result in expanded fair value disclosures.

2. Property and Equipment.

Property and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

	2011			2010
Furniture and fixtures	$	4,304		$	3,551
Computers and related equipment		5,414			4,950
Computer software		27,306			24,649
Machinery and equipment		1,472			1,062
Leasehold improvements		4,633			3,463
Work-in-progress		4,751			4,412
		47,880			42,087
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(29,823	)		(26,269	)
Total	$	18,057		$	15,818

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $6.5 million in 2011, $5.9 million in 2010 and $5.7 million in 2009.

The Company has capitalized costs related to its various technology initiatives. The net book value of the property and equipment related to software development was $8.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and $7.9 million as of December 31, 2010, which includes work-in-progress of $3.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

3. Acquisitions.

On April 16, 2010, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of The Cambridge Group Ltd. and Cambridge Contract Staffing Group, Inc. (Cambridge), a Connecticut-based privately-held provider of specialized staffing services. The primary reasons for the Cambridge acquisition were to expand our Life Sciences, IT and Engineering, and Physician business operations and to leverage the Company’s infrastructure. The purchase price totaled $7.6 million, comprised of $5.3 million in cash paid at closing, plus potential future earn-out consideration of up to $2.3 million. Acquisition costs of $0.1 million related to the purchase were expensed in 2010. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations for the acquisition have been combined with those of the Company since the acquisition date. Cambridge’s revenues and net income included in the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $7.3 million and $186,000, respectively.

On July 19, 2010, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Sharpstream Holdings Limited (Sharpstream), a privately-owned provider of search services for executives to middle managers in the life sciences sector. The primary reasons for the Sharpstream acquisition were to expand our Life Sciences business operations, further expand our global presence and to leverage the Company’s infrastructure. The purchase price totaled $8.6 million, comprised of $7.2 million in cash paid at closing, plus potential future earn-out consideration of up to $1.4 million. Acquisition costs of $0.1 million related to the purchase were expensed in 2010. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations for the acquisition have been combined with those of the Company since the acquisition date. Sharpstream’s revenues and net income included in the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $2.6 million and $500,000, respectively.

On February 28, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Valesta, a privately-owned provider of specialized clinical research staffing headquartered in Belgium. The primary reasons for the acquisition were to expand the Life Sciences business operations and to leverage the Company’s infrastructure. The purchase price for Valesta totaled $23.7 million comprised of $16.8 million in cash paid at closing, plus potential future earn-out consideration of $6.9 million (the maximum earn-out is capped at a Euro value of 5.0 million or approximately $6.5 million at December 31, 2011 exchange rates) based on estimated financial performance of Valesta through 2013. Acquisition costs related to this transaction totaled approximately $0.4 million and were expensed in 2011. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations for the acquisition have been combined with those of the Company since the acquisition date. Valesta’s revenues and net income included in the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $20.4 million and $744,000, respectively.

38

On July 31, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of HealthCare Partners (HCP), a privately-owned provider of physician staffing headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia. The primary reasons for the acquisition were to expand the Physician segment business operations geographic coverage and to leverage the Company’s infrastructure. The estimated purchase price for HCP was approximately $19.1 million comprised of $15.7 million in cash paid at closing, plus potential future earn-out consideration of $3.4 million (the maximum earn-out is capped at $3.7 million) based on estimated financial performance of HCP through 2013. Acquisition costs related to this transaction totaled approximately $57,000 and were expensed in 2011. Goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations for the acquisition have been combined with those of the Company since the acquisition date. HCP’s revenues and net income included in the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $11.2 million and $116,000, respectively.

Assets and liabilities of the acquired companies have been recorded at their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The excess purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired has been allocated to goodwill. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets was determined primarily by using a discounted cash flow method. The Company intends to discontinue the use of the HCP tradename during 2012. The Company’s allocation of the purchase price for HCP and Valesta is preliminary, as the amounts related to working capital and income taxes are still being finalized. Any measurement period adjustments will be recorded retrospectively to the acquisition date.

The fair value of earn-out obligations is based on the present value of the expected future payments to be made to the sellers of the acquired businesses in accordance with the respective purchase agreements. See Note 13 for further information regarding the fair value of earn-outs and the level 3 rollforward disclosure.

The following table summarizes (in thousands) the purchase price allocation, subject to finalization during the allocation period, of the purchase price for the acquisitions of Cambridge, Sharpstream, HCP and Valesta:

	2011 Acquisitions						2010 Acquisitions
	HCP		Valesta		Total		Cambridge		Sharpstream		Total
Current assets	$	3,941	$	6,332	$	10,273	$	1,472	$	3,437	$	4,909
Property and equipment		123		299		422		0		0		0
Goodwill		14,407		16,097		30,504		6,591		5,714		12,305
Identifiable intangible assets		1,784		5,679		7,463		746		1,015		1,761
Long-term deposits		13		26		39		32		18		50
Total assets acquired	$	20,268	$	28,433	$	48,701	$	8,841	$	10,184	$	19,025
Current liabilities	$	1,070	$	4,774	$	5,844	$	731	$	1,175	$	1,906
Other long-term liabilities		49		-		49		525		383		908
Total liabilities assumed		1,119		4,774		5,893		1,256		1,558		2,814
Total purchase price	$	19,149	$	23,659	$	42,808	$	7,585	$	8,626	$	16,211

Intangible assets allocated in connection with the preliminary purchase allocation, subject to finalization during the measurement period as necessary, consisted of the following amounts (in thousands):

		Intangible asset value
		2011 Acquisitions						2010 Acquisitions
	Useful life	HCP		Valesta		Total		Cambridge		Sharpstream		Total
Contractor relations	2 – 3 years	$	814	$	266	$	1,080	$	550	$	530	$	1,080
Customer relations	2 - 10 years		950		2,395		3,345		96		5		101
Non-compete agreements	2 years		20		440		460		100		30		130
Trademarks	indefinite		-		2,578		2,578		-		450		450
Total intangible assets acquired		$	1,784	$	5,679	$	7,463	$	746	$	1,015	$	1,761

The summary below (in thousands, except for per share data) presents pro forma consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 as if the acquisitions of HCP and Valesta occurred on January 1, 2010. The acquisitions in 2010 and 2009 were not material to the Company, therefore pro-forma information related to these acquisitions has not been presented. The pro forma financial information gives effect to certain adjustments, including: the amortization of intangible assets and interest expense on acquisition-related debt and changes in the management fees as a result of the acquisition. Acquisition-related costs of $0.4 million and $57,000, which were expensed in the three months ended March 31, 2011 and the three months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, are assumed to have occurred in 2010. The pro-forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the acquisition had been consummated as of the date indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

39

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Revenues	$	614,383	$	478,356
Operating income	$	45,584	$	3,872
Net income	$	24,785	$	(9,789	)
Basic earnings per share	$	0.67	$	(0.27	)
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.66	$	(0.27	)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding		36,876		36,429
Weighted average number of shares and dilutive shares outstanding		37,758		36,429

4. Long-Term Debt.

Long-term debt at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,	December 31,
	2011	2010
Senior Secured Debt:
$75 million revolving credit facility, due December 2015	$                            43,000	$                            18,000
$50 million term loan facility, due December 2015	43,750	48,750
Total	$                            86,750	$                            66,750

On December 3, 2010, the Company replaced its $145 million term loan facility (the Old Term Loan Facility) with a new senior secured credit agreement (the New Term Loan Facilities), which consists of a $50.0 million, five-year term loan facility, a $75.0 million, five-year revolving loan facility and a $10.0 million sublimit for letters of credit, as well as the ability to increase the loan facilities for up to an additional $50.0 million, subject to receipt of lender commitments and satisfaction of specified conditions. In connection with the extinguishment of the Old Term Loan Facility, the Company expensed and included in interest expense in 2010 the unamortized capitalized loan costs of $2.8 million of that facility. 

Borrowings under the new credit agreement bear interest through maturity at a variable rate based upon, at the Company’s option, either the Eurodollar rate or the base rate (which is the highest of the administrative agent’s prime rate, one-half of 1.0 percent in excess of the overnight federal funds rate, and 1.0 percent in excess of the one-month Eurodollar rate), plus in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin for Eurodollar rate loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 2.0 percent to 3.25 percent per annum and the applicable margin for base rate loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 1.0 percent to 2.25 percent per annum. The Company is required to pay a commitment fee equal to 0.5 percent per annum on the undrawn portion available under the revolving loan facility if its leverage ratio is less than 3.0:1.0 and a commitment fee equal to 0.625 percent per annum if its leverage ratio is equal to or greater than 3.0:1.0. Additionally, the Company is required to pay variable per annum fees equal to the applicable margin for Eurodollar rate loans in respect of outstanding letters of credit.

The Company made principal reducing payments to the New Term Loan Facilities of $20.5 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company made principal reducing payments related to the Old Term Loan Facility of $77.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. During the five years after the closing date, the Company is required to make quarterly amortization payments on the term loan facility in the amount of $1.3 million. The Company is required to make mandatory prepayments of loans under the new credit agreement, subject to specified exceptions, from excess cash flow, and with the proceeds of asset sales, debt issuances and specified other events. 

The Company’s obligations under the New Term Loan Facilities are guaranteed by substantially all of its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, which are secured by a lien on substantially all of the Company’s tangible and intangible property, and by a pledge of all of the shares of stock, partnership interests and limited liability company interests of its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries.

In addition to other covenants, the New Term Loan Facilities place limits on the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to incur liens, incur additional indebtedness, make loans and investments, engage in mergers and acquisitions, engage in asset sales, declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock, alter the business conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries, transact with affiliates, make capital expenditures, prepay, redeem or purchase subordinated debt and amend or otherwise alter debt agreements.

The New Term Loan Facilities contain financial covenants requiring the Company to (i) maintain a maximum ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated EBITDA of 3.0 to 1.0, with a one-time election, upon notice to the administrative agent, to temporarily increase the maximum ratio to 3.25 to 1.0; (ii) maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest charges of 1.25 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Company ending on or before March 31, 2011 and 1.5 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending on or after June 30, 2011; and (iii) to limit its operating lease payments to not more than $10.0 million in 2010 and 2011, $10.5 million in 2012, $11.0 million in 2013, $11.5 million in 2014 and $12.0 million in any fiscal year thereafter. A failure to comply with these covenants could permit the lenders under the new credit agreement to declare all amounts borrowed under the new credit agreement, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 the Company was in compliance with all of its financial covenants, including minimum quarterly principal payment requirements.

40

5. Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

	Life Sciences			Healthcare			Physician		IT and Engineering		Total
Balance as of January 1, 2010
Gross goodwill	$	1,197		$	122,230		$	37,163	$	148,542	$	309,132
Accumulated impairment loss		-			(106,318	)		-		-		(106,318	)
		1,197			15,912			37,163		148,542		202,814
Cambridge acquisition (see Note 3)		5,650			-			-		941		6,591
Sharpstream acquisition (see Note 3)		5,714			-			-		-		5,714
Goodwill impairment		-			(15,399	)		-		-		(15,399	)
Balance as of December 31, 2010
Gross goodwill		12,561			122,230			37,163		149,483		321,437
Accumulated impairment loss		-			(121,717	)		-		-		(121,717	)
		12,561			513			37,163		149,483		199,720
Valesta acquisition (see Note 3)		16,097			-			-		-		16,097
HCP acquisition (see Note 3)		-			-			14,407		-		14,407
Translation adjustment		(990	)		-			-		-		(990	)
Balance as of December 31, 2011
Gross goodwill		27,668			122,230			51,570		149,483		350,951
Accumulated impairment loss		-			(121,717	)		-		-		(121,717	)
	$	27,668		$	513		$	51,570	$	149,483	$	229,234

The goodwill impairment charge in 2010 related to the Nurse Travel reporting unit. 

41

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had the following acquired intangible assets (in thousands):

		December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Estimated Useful Life	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount
Subject to amortization:
Customer relations	3 months - 10 years	$	11,077	$	7,891	$	3,186	$	7,740	$	6,830	$	910
Contractor relations	3 - 7 years		27,276		25,599		1,677		26,111		24,600		1,511
Non-compete agreements	2 - 3 years		899		604		295		470		371		99
In-use software	2 years		500		500		—		500		500		—
			39,752		34,594		5,158		34,821		32,301		2,520
Not subject to amortization:
Trademarks			25,048		—		25,048		22,650		—		22,650
Goodwill			229,234		—		229,234		199,720		—		199,720
Total		$	294,034	$	34,594	$	259,440	$	257,191	$	32,301	$	224,890

Identifiable intangible assets are amortized on an accelerated or straight-line basis over their respective useful lives depending on the intangible asset. Amortization expense for intangible assets with finite lives was $2.3 million, $2.1 million, and $6.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Estimated amortization for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

2012	$	2,315
2013		1,425
2014		469
2015		227
2016		194
Thereafter		528
	$	5,158

Goodwill and other intangible assets having indefinite useful lives are not amortized for financial statement purposes. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis as of December 31, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

6. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, Deferred Compensation Plan and Change in Control Severance Plan.

 Under the Company’s 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, which covers eligible employees of On Assignment and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Assignment Ready Inc., On Assignment Staffing Services, Inc., VISTA, and Oxford, eligible employees may elect to have a portion of their salary deferred and contributed to the plans. The amount of salary deferred, up to certain limits set by the IRS, is not subject to federal and state income tax at the time of deferral, but together with any earnings on deferred amounts, is subject to taxation upon distribution. The plan covers all eligible employees and permits matching or other discretionary contributions at the Company’s discretion. Eligible employees may enroll once they complete three months of service prior to the next quarterly offering. The Company pledged to make contributions to the 401(k) plan of $1.1 million in 2011 and made contributions of $0.4 million and $0 in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Effective January 1, 1998, the Company implemented the On Assignment, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan. The plan permits a select group of management and highly compensated employees and directors that contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Company to annually elect to defer up to 100 percent of their base salary, annual bonus, stock option gain or fees on a pre-tax basis and earn tax-deferred returns on these amounts. On September 4, 2008, effective as of January 1, 2008, the Company amended the On Assignment Deferred Compensation Plan so that it applies to deferrals made before January 1, 2005 only (hereinafter referred to as the 1998 Deferred Compensation Plan) and, also effective January 1, 2008, adopted a new plan, called the On Assignment Deferred Compensation Plan – Effective January 1, 2008, applicable to deferrals made on or after January 1, 2005 (referred to herein as the 2008 Deferred Compensation Plan). On April 20, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized and directed the termination of the 1998 Deferred Compensation Plan and the 2008 Deferred Compensation Plan (collectively referred to as the Plans), effective May 2, 2011. Pursuant to the terms of the Plans, the Company may terminate at any time and immediately distribute the accrued account balances held in the Plans in accordance with the provisions of the Plans and applicable law including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Board of Directors believes termination of the Plans is in the best interest of the Company due to low participation and the cost of maintaining the Plans. The Company does not incur any costs or penalties in connection with termination of the Plans. The plans were not intended to be “qualified” within the meaning of IRS Code Section 401(a), rather, the plans were “unfunded and maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1).

42

Distributions from the 1998 Deferred Compensation Plan are commenced within 60 days after the participant’s retirement, death or termination of employment, in a lump sum, or over five, ten or fifteen years, except that payments made upon termination (other than due to death or retirement), are paid in a lump sum if the participant’s account balance at the time of termination is less than $25,000. Furthermore, if the Company determines in good faith prior to a change in control that there is a reasonable likelihood that any compensation paid to a participant for a taxable year of the Company would not be deductible by the Company solely by reason of the limitation under IRS Code Section 162(m), (Section 162(m)) then the Company may defer all or any portion of a distribution until the earliest possible date, as determined by the Company in good faith, on which the deductibility of compensation paid or payable to the participant for the taxable year of the Company during which the distribution is made will not be limited by Section 162(m), or if earlier, the effective date of a change in control.

Distributions from the 2008 Deferred Compensation Plan are commenced within 60 days following the participant’s termination of employment, in a lump sum or in annual installments of up to fifteen years, except that if the participant’s account balance is less than the applicable dollar amount specified in IRS Code Section 402(g)(1)(B), in effect for the year in which the distribution is to occur, payment shall be made in a lump sum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in compliance with certain requirements of IRS Code Section 409A, plan distributions to “specified employees” will commence the first day after the end of the six month period immediately following the date on which the participant experiences a termination of employment. Furthermore, if the Company reasonably anticipates that the Company’s deduction with respect to any distribution from the 2008 Deferred Compensation Plan would be limited or eliminated by application of Section 162(m), then to the extent permitted by applicable treasury regulations, payment shall be delayed until the earliest date the Company reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment will not be limited or eliminated by application of Section 162(m).

The deferred compensation liability under the deferred compensation plans was approximately $1.9 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Life insurance policies are maintained as a funding source to the plans, under which the Company is the sole owner and beneficiary of such insurance. At December 31, 2011, the cash surrender value of these life insurance policies was $2.1 million, reflected in other current assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2010, the cash surrender value of these life insurance policies was $2.3 million, reflected in other long-term assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company intends to terminate the life insurance policies in 2012.

The Company adopted the On Assignment, Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan (the CIC Plan) to provide severance benefits for officers and certain other employees who are terminated following an acquisition of the Company. This CIC Plan was adopted on February 12, 1998 and amended on August 8, 2004, January 23, 2007, May 21, 2009, December 10, 2009 and May 20, 2010. Under the CIC Plan, if an eligible employee is involuntarily terminated within eighteen months after a change in control, as defined in the CIC Plan, then the employee will be entitled to (i) a payment equal to the employee’s annual salary plus the employee’s target bonus, payable in a lump sum, and (ii) a lump sum payment representing the cost of continuation of health and welfare benefits, under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA) for periods of time ranging from nine months to eighteen months, for employees with titles of vice president or higher. Severance benefits under the plan range from one month to eighteen months of salary and target bonus, depending on the employee’s length of service and position with the Company.

The Company entered into an Amended and Restated Executive Change of Control Agreements with the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer on December 11, 2008, primarily for the purpose of causing their existing agreements to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A. These agreements supersede the CIC Plan with respect to these officers and provide, in the event of an involuntary termination occurring within six months and ten days following a change of control of the Company, for the following benefits (i) a lump-sum payment equal to three times (for the Chief Executive Officer’s salary plus target bonus) or two and a half times (for the Chief Financial Officer) the sum of the officer’s base salary plus target bonus, (ii) eighteen months continuation of the officer’s health and welfare benefits and car allowance, (subject to limitations in connection with subsequent employment), (iii) cash payments equal to insurance premiums and retirement and deferred compensation contributions that the Company would have paid (in each case, if any), over a period of eighteen months following termination, and (iv) payment of up to $15,000 of the cost of outplacement services. Additionally, under the arrangements, immediately prior to a change of control, all outstanding Company stock options, restricted stock and stock units held by the officer will become fully vested (and, in the case of options, remain exercisable for an extended period), subject, in the case of certain performance-vesting awards, to any express limitations contained in the officer’s employment or other governing agreement. In addition, the agreements entitle the executives to tax gross-up payments in the event that any payments to the executives are subject to “golden parachute” excise taxes under IRS Code Section 280G.

7. Commitments and Contingencies.

The Company leases its facilities and certain office equipment under operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2021. Certain leases contain rent escalations and/or renewal options. Rent expense for all significant leases is recognized on a straight-line basis. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the balance of the deferred rent liability reflected in other current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively and the balance reflected in other long-term liabilities was $2.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

The following is a summary of specified contractual cash obligation payments by the Company as of December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

	Long-Term Debt		Operating Leases		Total
2012	$	5,000	$	7,028	$	12,028
2013		5,000		6,079		11,079
2014		5,000		5,558		10,558
2015		71,750		4,955		76,705
2016		―		3,203		3,203
Thereafter		―		5,954		5,954
Total	$	86,750	$	32,777	$	119,527

Rent expense, which is included in SG&A expenses, was $8.6 million for 2011, $8.4 million for 2010, and $8.2 million for 2009.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company is partially self-insured for its workers’ compensation liability and its medical malpractice liability. The Company accounts for claims incurred but not yet reported based on estimates derived from historical claims experience and current trends of industry data. Changes in estimates, differences in estimates and actual payments for claims are recognized in the period that the estimates changed or the payments were made. The self-insurance claim liability was approximately $10.4 million and $10.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Additionally, the Company has unused stand-by letters of credit outstanding to secure obligations for workers’ compensation claims with various insurance carriers. The unused stand-by letters of credit at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were $2.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

43

The Company is subject to earn-out obligations entered into in connection with its acquisitions. If the acquired businesses meet predetermined targets, the Company is obligated to make additional cash payments in accordance with the terms of such earn-out obligations. As of December 31, 2011, the

Company has potential future earn-out obligations of approximately $10.2 million through 2013.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company has an income tax reserve in other long-term liabilities related to uncertain tax positions of $0.3 million.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. However, based on the facts currently available, the Company does not believe that the disposition of matters that are pending or asserted will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

8. Income Taxes.

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Current:
Federal	$	9,814		$	1,748		$	(736	)
State		1,447			522			75
Foreign		1,465			412			452
		12,726			2,682			(209	)
Deferred:
Federal		3,759			2,271			3,852
State		488			-			427
Foreign		(261	)		(212	)		(98	)
		3,986			2,059			4,181
Change in Valuation Allowance		454			215			106
Total	$	17,166		$	4,956		$	4,078

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
United States	$	37,405	$	(6,071)	$	7,602
Foreign		4,058		1,130		1,183
	$	41,463	$	(4,941)	$	8,785

44

 The components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Federal			State			Federal			State
Deferred income tax assets (liabilities):
Current:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	909		$	98		$	698		$	73
Employee related accruals		2,690			233			3,114			246
State taxes		534			—			178			—
Workers’ compensation loss reserve		671			325			615			69
Medical malpractice loss reserve		3,274			7			2,990			236
Net operating loss carry-forwards		—			52			—			75
Prepaid insurance		(297	)		(22	)		(281	)		(21	)
Other		803			(6	)		749			43
Total current deferred income tax assets		8,584			687			8,063			721
Non-current:
Net operating loss carry-forwards		—			384			—			578
Stock-based compensation		3,243			185			2,244			133
Purchased intangibles		(14,180	)		(1,379	)		(9,294	)		(822	)
Depreciation and amortization expense		(3,574	)		(293	)		(2,778	)		(265	)
Employee related accruals		—			—			(72	)		(9	)
Other		661			97			108			21
Total non-current deferred income tax liabilities		(13,850	)		(1,006	)		(9,792	)		(364	)
Total deferred income tax assets (liabilities)	$	(5,266	)	$	(319	)	$	(1,729	)	$	357

The reconciliation between the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35.0 percent for 2011 and 34.0 percent for 2010 and 2009 to income before income taxes and the income tax provision is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Income tax provision at the statutory rate	$	14,512		$	(1,680	)	$	3,075
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		1,527			460			471
Impairment of goodwill		—			5,236			—
Permanent difference – (gain)/loss on cash surrender value of life insurance		13			(72	)		(178	)
Permanent difference – non deductible items		1,263			901			614
Permanent difference – settlement of earn-out		(445	)		—			—
Valuation allowance		454			215			106
Income tax contingency		(91	)		(16	)		(232	)
Return to provision adjustment		—			—			280
Foreign tax rate differential		(222	)		(181	)		46
Other		155			93			(104	)
Total	$	17,166		$	4,956		$	4,078

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had no federal net operating losses and total combined state net operating losses of $9.3 million. The state net operating losses can be carried forward up to 20 years and begin expiring in 2013. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance of approximately $0.7 million and $0.2 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, related to state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards and credits.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had accumulated net foreign earnings of $10.7 million. The Company intends to reinvest the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries and, therefore, no U.S. income tax has been provided on the foreign earnings. The determination of additional deferred taxes that have not been provided is not practicable.

The Company had gross deferred tax assets of $14.4 million and $12.7 million and gross deferred tax liabilities of $19.9 million and $10.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Foreign deferred tax assets and liabilities were not material as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The Company receives a tax deduction for stock-based awards upon exercise of a non-qualified stock option or as the result of disqualifying dispositions made by directors, officers and employees. A disqualifying disposition occurs when stock acquired through the exercise of incentive stock options or the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is disposed of prior to the required holding period. The Company also receives a tax deduction upon the vesting of restricted stock units or restricted stock awards. The Company received tax deductions of $7.5 million and $3.8 million, respectively, from stock-based awards in 2011 and 2010.

As of December 31, 2011, the estimated value of the Company’s uncertain tax positions is a liability of $0.2 million, which includes penalties and interest, all of which was carried in other long-term liabilities. If the Company’s positions are sustained by the taxing authority in favor of the Company, the entire $0.2 million would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

45

The following is a reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Unrecognized Tax Benefit beginning of year	$	358		$	397		$	812
Gross Decreases - tax positions in prior year		—			(39	)		—
Reductions for tax positions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations		(107	)		—			(415	)
Unrecognized Tax Benefit end of year	$	251		$	358		$	397

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized ($5,000), $5,000 and $8,000, respectively, in interest on unrecognized tax benefits. Accruals for interest and penalties totaled $43,000 at December 31, 2011 and $61,000 at December 31, 2010.

The Company believes that there will be no significant increases or decreases to unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The IRS has examined and concluded all tax matters for years through 2006.The IRS has commenced an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for the 2009 tax year. Open tax years related to federal, state and foreign jurisdictions remain subject to examination but are not considered material.

9. Earnings per Share.

Basic earnings per share are computed based upon the weighted average number of shares outstanding and diluted earnings per share are computed based upon the weighted average number of shares and dilutive share equivalents (consisting of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock awards and employee stock purchase plan contributions) outstanding during the periods using the treasury stock method.

The following is a reconciliation of the shares used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Weighted average number of common shares		36,876		36,429		36,011
Dilutive effect of stock-based awards		882		-		324
Number of shares used to compute diluted earnings per share		37,758		36,429		36,335

The following table presents the weighted average share equivalents outstanding during each period that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price for these options was greater than the average market price of the Company’s shares of common stock during the respective periods. Also excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share were other share equivalents that became anti-dilutive when applying the treasury stock method.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Anti-dilutive common share equivalents outstanding		1,039		1,339		2,660

10. Stock-based Compensation: Incentive Award Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

The Company believes that stock-based compensation better aligns the interests of its employees and directors with those of its shareholders versus exclusively providing cash-based compensation. Stock-based compensation provides incentives to retain and motivate executive officers and key employees responsible for driving Company performance and maintaining important relationships that contribute to the growth of the Company.

Compensation expense charged to operations related to stock-based compensation was $6.9 million, $7.7 million, and $5.0 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) in selling, general and administrative expenses. The Company has recognized an income tax benefit of $2.5 million, $2.9 million, and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively in the consolidated statements of operations for stock-based compensation arrangements.

Effective June 3, 2010, the shareholders approved the adoption of the On Assignment, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the 2010 Plan), which replaced the Company’s Restated 1987 Stock Option Plan. The 2010 Plan permits the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards (RSAs), dividend equivalent rights, stock payments, deferred stock, restricted stock units (RSUs), performance shares and other incentive awards, stock appreciation rights and cash awards to its employees, directors and consultants for up to 2,184,983 shares of common stock, which included the 884,983 shares that remained available for issuance under the 1987 Plan as of June 3, 2010. The 2010 Plan allows for stock option awards to be granted with an exercise price equal to the closing market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. Stock option awards generally vest over four years of continuous service with the Company and generally have ten-year contractual terms. RSUs and RSAs generally vest over a three year continuous service period, though individual award vesting terms vary within these parameters. Certain stock option awards and RSUs and RSAs provide for accelerated vesting in the event of a change in control (see Note 6). Options or awards that are cancelled or forfeited are added back to the pool of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan. As of December 31, 2011, there were 1,606,921 shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

46

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model that incorporates assumptions disclosed in the table below. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the underlying stock for a period consistent with the expected lives of the stock options as the Company believes this is a reasonable representation of future volatility. Additionally, the Company analyzes historical stock option exercise behavior and vesting patterns for RSUs and RSAs in order to estimate employee turnover rates (i.e. forfeiture rates). The forfeiture rate, set by management, is used to estimate the number of options and awards that will eventually vest and the associated impact on stock-based compensation expense. The expected life, or term, of options granted is derived from historical exercise behavior and represents the period of time that stock option awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company has selected a risk-free rate based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury Securities with a maturity equivalent to the options’ expected term. For RSUs and RSAs, the Company records compensation expense based on the fair market value of the awards on the grant date.

Officer Awards

The preceding paragraphs describe the general terms of most stock-based incentive awards granted by the Company. However, the Company has granted a discrete set of stock-based awards to its Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and other corporate officers that differ from those generally stated terms. The grant-date fair-value of these awards, which was determined by applying certain provisions of the stock compensation guidance relative to performance-based and market-based awards, is generally being expensed over the vesting term. The impact of these awards is reflected in the detailed RSU and RSA disclosures below. All awards are subject to the officer’s continued employment through such vesting dates, however, the vesting of certain awards will accelerate upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company and/or upon certain qualifying terminations of employment.

In March 2011, the CEO was awarded the following incentive equity grants: (i) On March 8, 2011, the CEO was awarded a number of RSUs that will be determined by dividing $0.5 million by the closing price of the Company’s stock on each of February 1, 2013 and February 1, 2014 contingent upon the Company meeting certain financial performance objectives measured over the twelve month period between January 1, 2011 and December 31, 2011, which were met. Certain provisions of ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, require the Company to classify and account for this award as a liability award until the number of shares is determined. The associated liability related to this award included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in other long-term liabilities was $1.0 million as of December 31, 2011; and (ii) 58,754 RSUs granted on March 8, 2011 with a grant date fair market value of $0.6 million, which will vest in two equal components of $0.3 million on January 1, 2012 and January 1, 2013, contingent upon the Company achieving certain performance objectives based on adjusted EBITDA approved by the Compensation Committee over the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2011, which were met and approved. The grant-date fair value of the RSUs described in this paragraph is being expensed over the vesting term, based on an estimate of the percentage achievement of the applicable performance targets. All awards were subject to the CEO’s continued employment through applicable vesting dates. All awards may vest on an accelerated basis in part or in full upon the occurrence of certain events.

In the first quarter of 2011, the Company granted RSUs to certain other executive officers with an aggregate grant-date fair value of $1.6 million. Of the $1.6 million, $0.9 million will vest in three annual increments subject to continued employment on each succeeding grant-date anniversary. The remaining $0.7 million vested on January 3, 2012, as certain performance objectives approved by the Compensation Committee were attained. The Company records stock-based compensation expense over the vesting period of the awards based on the probability that the performance objectives will be met and that the executives will maintain their employment through the respective vesting dates.

On June 3, 2010, the CEO was awarded a number of RSUs that will be determined by dividing $0.5 million by the closing price of the Company’s stock on February 1, 2013 contingent upon the Company meeting certain stock price performance objectives measured over the thirty-six month period between January 1, 2010 and December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of the award was $0.5 million and is being expensed over a derived service period of 2.6 years, determined by applying certain provisions relative to market-based awards in ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation. Furthermore, certain provisions of ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, require the Company to classify and account for this award as a liability award until the number of shares is determined and the fair value of the award is remeasured at each reporting period until the award is settled. Fluctuations in the fair value of the liability award and its derived service period are recorded as increases or decreases to stock-based compensation cost. The associated liability related to this award included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in other long-term liabilities was $0.3 million as of December 31, 2011.

On March 17, 2010, the CEO was granted 67,568 RSUs, with a grant-date fair value of $0.5 million, of which 33,784 RSUs vested on February 1, 2011 and the remaining 33,784 RSUs vested on February 1, 2012. As of December 31, 2011, the performance targets had been fully achieved and the grant-date fair value was expensed over the respective vesting periods for each of the two components. All awards were subject to the CEO’s continued employment through applicable vesting dates and may have vested on an accelerated basis in part or in full upon the occurrence of certain qualifying terminations of employment and/or corporate events.

In the first quarter of 2010, the Company granted RSUs to certain other executive officers with an aggregate grant-date fair value of $1.2 million. Sixty percent of the total RSU award will vest in three annual increments subject to continued employment on each succeeding grant-date anniversary. Forty percent of the awards will vest in three consecutive annual installments contingent upon the officer attaining certain performance objectives approved by the Compensation Committee. Accordingly, the Company records stock-based compensation expense over the vesting period of these awards based on the probability that the performance objectives will be met and that the executives will maintain their employment through the respective vesting dates.

On November 4, 2009, we entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer that provides for three annual stock award grants with grant-date values of $0.8 million each, based on performance objectives for 2010 through 2012 that vest and become payable, subject to continued employment, on February 1, 2011, January 1, 2012, and January 1, 2013, respectively, contingent upon achieving positive adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) during the thirteen month period ending on February 1 the year following the grant for the 2010 award, and the twelve month period ending January 1 the year following the grant for the 2011 and 2012 awards.

On January 2, 2009, the Chief Executive Officer was granted (1) 90,252 RSUs valued at $0.5 million which vest on the third anniversary of the date of the grant, (2) 90,252 RSAs valued at $0.5 million, which were to vest on December 31, 2009, but did not vest because the performance objectives approved by the Compensation Committee (based on adjusted EBITDA) were not met, and (3) 90,252 RSUs valued at $0.5 million, which vested December 30, 2011.

47

On January 2, 2008, the Chief Executive Officer was granted (1) 78,369 RSUs valued at $0.5 million which vest on the third anniversary of the date of the grant, (2) 78,369 RSAs valued at $0.5 million, which vested December 31, 2009 when the Company met the performance objectives approved by the Compensation Committee (based on adjusted EBITDA), and (3) 78,369 RSUs valued at $0.5 million, which were to vest on December 31, 2010, subject to the Company meeting certain stock price performance objectives relative to its peers, however, only 75,615 shares, or 96.5 percent of the original award, vested on December 31, 2010.

Stock Options

The following table displays the weighted average assumptions that have been applied to estimate the fair value of stock option awards on the date of grant:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Dividend yield		—			—			—
Risk-free interest rate		0.92	%		1.47	%		1.64	%
Expected volatility		75.67	%		73.26	%		73.09	%
Expected lives	3.6 years			3.6 years			3.5 years

The following summarizes pricing and term information for options outstanding as of December 31, 2011:

				Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices				Number Outstanding at December 31, 2011	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Exercisable at December 31, 2011	Weighted Average Exercise Price
	$    2.82	─	$    5.11	588,429	3.2 years		$    4.87	553,712		$    4.91
	5.13	─	7.31	478,524	5.2 years		6.21	380,031		6.00
	7.39	─	10.46	453,241	9.0 years		9.36	37,503		8.88
	10.69	─	13.31	714,561	5.1 years		12.41	710,361		12.42
	18.63	─	19.86	28,450	0.4 years		19.75	28,450		19.75
	$   2.82	─	$  19.86	2,263,205	5.3 years		$   8.62	1,710,057		$   8.60

The following table is a summary of stock option activity under the Plan as of December 31, 2011 and changes for the year then ended:

	Incentive Stock Options			Non- Qualified Stock Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2011		341,836			1,904,767		$	8.32		5.3	$	3,655,000
Granted		―			424,854		$	9.42
Exercised		(110,310	)		(183,583	)	$	5.87
Canceled		(10,060	)		(104,300	)	$	12.75
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		221,466			2,041,738		$	8.62		5.3	$	6,928,000
Vested and Expected to Vest at December 31, 2011		221,334			1,893,333		$	8.59		5.1	$	6,620,000
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		221,235			1,488,822		$	8.60		4.2	$	5,539,000

The table above includes 54,000 and 90,000 non-employee director stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $5.04, $3.80, and $3.45 per option, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1.3 million, $0.2 million, and $27,000.

48

As of December 31, 2011 there was unrecognized compensation expense of $1.6 million related to unvested stock options based on options that are expected to vest. The unrecognized compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.11 years.

In January 2009, the Company implemented a stock option exchange program that gave eligible employees the opportunity to exchange options with an exercise price greater than $8.00 per share that were granted on or after December 31, 2000, for a reduced number of restricted stock units at an exchange price with a fair value approximately equivalent to the fair value of the cancelled options. Certain executive officers and the Board of Directors were not eligible to participate in the stock option exchange program. As a result of this stock option exchange program, 603,700 stock options were cancelled and exchanged for 87,375 RSUs which vested 50.0 percent on January 22, 2011, and 25.0 percent on January 22, 2012 and will vest 25.0 percent on January 22, 2013 subject to the employee’s continued employment through such vesting dates. Incremental compensation cost related to the option exchange was not significant to the Company’s financial statements.

Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Stock Awards

A summary of the status of the Company’s unvested RSUs and RSAs as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year then ended are presented below:

	Restricted Stock Units / Awards			Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Unit / Award
Unvested RSUs and RSAs outstanding at January 1, 2011		1,205,851		$             7.15
Granted		776,922		9.51
Market value share count adjustment for liability awards		(25,564	)	11.02
Vested		(699,421	)	6.41
Forfeited		(49,622	)	7.76
Unvested RSUs and RSAs outstanding at December 31, 2011		1,208,166		$             8.99
Unvested and expected to vest RSUs and RSAs outstanding at December 31, 2011		1,117,839		$             9.12

The number of shares vested in the table above includes 243,551 shares surrendered by the employees to the Company for payment of minimum tax withholding obligations. Shares of stock withheld for purposes of satisfying minimum tax withholding obligations are again available for issuance under the Plan.

Additionally, the table above includes 27,272 RSUs that were awarded to non-employee directors on August 9, 2011, of which 13,636 shares vested immediately upon issuance and the remaining shares will vest on August 9, 2012. The weighted average grant-date fair value of these awards was $8.80. There was unrecognized compensation expense of $73,000 as of December 31, 2011 related to these RSUs that will be recorded over the remaining term of approximately seven months.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSUs and RSAs granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $9.18, $7.26 and $5.62 per award, respectively. The total intrinsic value of RSUs and RSAs vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $6.4 million, $3.7 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, there was unrecognized compensation expense of $3.7 million related to unvested RSUs and RSAs based on awards that are expected to vest. The unrecognized compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Effective June 3, 2010 when the shareholders approved the On Assignment 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP), the Company reinstated the employee stock purchase program for issuance of up to 3,500,000 shares of common stock with the first offering periods. The ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase common stock of the Company, through payroll deductions, at 85.0 percent of the lower of the market price on the first day or the last day of semi-annual purchase periods. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under IRS Code Section 423. Eligible employees may contribute up to a certain percentage set by the plan administrator of their eligible earnings toward the purchase of the stock (subject to certain IRS limitations). Previously, the Company maintained a shareholder-approved Employee Stock Purchase Plan which was originally adopted by the Board of Directors on March 1, 1993 (the Prior ESPP). The pool of shares available for issuance under the Prior ESPP was fully depleted on February 27, 2009. As a result, the Prior ESPP was terminated and no additional shares will be issued under the Prior ESPP.

In accordance with the ESPP, shares of common stock are transferred to participating employees at the conclusion of each six month enrollment period, which now end on the last business day of the month in March and September each year. The Company issued 187,036 shares of common stock in 2011 under the ESPP. In 2010, no shares were issued under the ESPP or the Prior ESPP. In 2009, the Company issued 227,784 shares of common stock under the Prior ESPP plan.

Compensation expense of shares purchased under the ESPP is measured based on a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The model accounts for the discount from market value and applies an expected life in line with each six month purchase period. The weighted average fair value of stock purchased under the ESPP was $2.10 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The weighted average fair value of stock purchased under the Prior ESPP was $2.67 per share for the year ended December 31, 2009. The amount of stock-based compensation expensed related to the ESPP was $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

49

11. Business Segments.

The Company has four reportable segments: Life Sciences, Healthcare, Physician and IT and Engineering. The Life Sciences segment provides contract, contract-to-permanent and direct placement services of laboratory and scientific professionals to the biotechnology, pharmaceutical, food and beverage, medical device, personal care, chemical and environmental industries. These contract staffing specialties include chemists, clinical research associates, clinical lab assistants, engineers, biologists, biochemists, microbiologists, molecular biologists, food scientists, regulatory affairs specialists, lab assistants and other skilled scientific professionals.

The Healthcare segment includes the combined results of the Nurse Travel and Allied Healthcare lines of business. The lines of business have been aggregated into the Healthcare segment based on similar economic characteristics, end-market customers and management personnel. The Healthcare segment provides contract, contract-to-permanent and direct placement of professionals from a number of healthcare, medical financial and allied occupations. These contract staffing specialties include nurses, specialty nurses, respiratory therapists, surgical technicians, imaging technicians, x-ray technicians, medical technologists, phlebotomists, coders, billers, claims processors and collections staff.

The Physician segment provides contract and direct placement physicians to healthcare organizations. The Physician segment works with nearly all medical specialties, placing locum tenens physicians in hospitals, community-based practices, and federal, state and local facilities.

The IT and Engineering segment provides high-end contract and direct placement services of information technology and engineering professionals with expertise in specialized information technology; software and hardware engineering; and mechanical, electrical, validation and telecommunications engineering fields.

The Company’s management evaluates the performance of each segment primarily based on revenues, gross profit and operating income. The information in the following table is derived directly from the segments’ internal financial reporting used for corporate management purposes.

The following table represents revenues, gross profit and operating income by reportable segment (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Revenues:
Life Sciences	$	155,324		$	109,495		$	93,664
Healthcare		94,598			76,287			97,137
Physician		80,617			73,595			87,719
IT and Engineering		266,742			178,688			138,093
Total Revenues	$	597,281		$	438,065		$	416,613
Gross Profit:
Life Sciences	$	52,643		$	37,776		$	30,470
Healthcare		26,637			23,058			27,329
Physician		25,858			23,847			28,545
IT and Engineering		94,967			64,775			50,024
Total Gross Profit	$	200,105		$	149,456		$	136,368
Operating Income (Loss):
Life Sciences	$	10,727		$	5,305		$	6,176
Healthcare		(3,491	)		(20,998	)		(3,074	)
Physician		5,347			5,010			8,214
IT and Engineering		31,816			13,910			3,911
Total Operating Income	$	44,399		$	3,227		$	15,227

The Company does not report Life Sciences and Healthcare segments’ total assets separately as the operations are largely centralized. The following table represents total assets as allocated by reportable segment (in thousands):

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010		December 31, 2009
Total Assets:
Life Sciences and Healthcare	$	107,915	$	74,979	$	78,645
Physician		83,940		63,908		69,912
IT and Engineering		218,810		202,229		194,905
Total Assets	$	410,665	$	341,116	$	343,462

50

The Company does not report all assets by segment for all reportable segments. The following table represents identifiable assets by reportable segment (in thousands):

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010		December 31, 2009
Gross Accounts Receivable:
Life Sciences	$	21,727	$	14,107	$	10,548
Healthcare		11,568		9,628		9,722
Physician		15,749		10,233		12,453
IT and Engineering		47,658		30,725		19,399
Total Gross Accounts Receivable	$	96,702	$	64,693	$	52,122

The Company operates internationally, with operations in the United States, Europe, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand. The following table represents revenues by geographic location (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Revenues:
Domestic	$	529,150	$	407,317	$	393,846
Foreign		68,131		30,748		22,767
Total Revenues	$	597,281	$	438,065	$	416,613

The following table represents long-lived assets by geographic location (in thousands):

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010		December 31, 2009
Long-lived Assets:
Domestic	$	19,078	$	19,826	$	20,364
Foreign		1,033		754		569
Total Long-lived Assets	$	20,111	$	20,580	$	20,993

12. Derivative Instruments.

The Company utilizes derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes, nor does it use leveraged financial instruments. The Company reports its derivative instruments separately as assets and liabilities unless a legal right of set-off exists under a master netting agreement enforceable by law. The Company’s derivative instruments are recorded at their fair value, and are included in other long-term liabilities and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

On May 2, 2007, the Company entered into a transaction with a financial institution to fix the underlying interest rate on $73.0 million of its then outstanding bank loan for a period of two years beginning June 30, 2007 (the 2007 Interest Rate Swap). This transaction essentially fixed the Company’s base borrowing rate at 4.9425 percent as opposed to a floating rate, which reset at selected periods. On June 30, 2009, the 2007 Interest Rate Swap expired in accordance with the terms of the agreement, thus there was no related fair value measurement as of December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2009. The Company recorded a gain of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 for the change in fair value of the 2007 Interest Rate Swap. The 2007 Interest Rate Swap was not designated as a hedging instrument for accounting purposes.

Effective July 1, 2009, pursuant to terms of the amended credit agreement, the Company entered into an interest rate cap contract, in order to mitigate the interest rate risk. The interest rate cap contract was for a notional amount of $51.0 million with a one-month LIBOR cap of 3.0 percent for a term of one year and expired on July 1, 2010, thus there was no related fair value measurement as of December 31, 2010. As this agreement was not designated as a hedging instrument, changes in the fair value of this agreement increased or decreased interest expense.

On February 18, 2011, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement to hedge a portion of its interest rate exposure on its senior secured debt (the 2011 Interest Rate Swap). The 2011 Interest Rate Swap has a notional amount of $25.0 million and fixes a portion of the Company’s base borrowing rate,which is a floating rate based on a LIBOR swap rate that resets periodically. The 2011 Interest Rate Swap was designated as a hedging instrument for accounting purposes and is accordingly accounted for as a cash flow hedge. Any unrealized losses on the 2011 Interest Rate Swap agreement are included in accumulated other comprehensive income until the periodic interest settlements occur, at which time they will be recorded as interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company expects to reclassify losses of $0.3 million (pretax) from accumulated other comprehensive income to interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) within the next twelve months.

As a result of the use of derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to risk that the counterparties will fail to meet their contractual obligations. To mitigate the counterparty credit risk, the Company only enters into contracts with carefully selected major financial institutions based upon their credit ratings and other factors, and continually assesses the creditworthiness of counterparties. As of December 31, 2011, the counterparty to the 2011 Interest Rate Swap had investment grade ratings and has performed in accordance with their contractual obligations.

51

The fair values of derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows (in thousands):

Derivative designated as hedging instrument under ASC 815
	Balance Sheet Classification	December 31, 2011	December 31, 2010
2011 Interest Rate Swap - current portion	Other liabilities	$                      310	$                          -
2011 Interest Rate Swap - long-term portion	Other long-term liabilities	298	-
		$                      608	$                          -

The following tables reflect the effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Gain(Loss) Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Derivative, net of tax
Year Ended December 31,
	2011	2010	2009
2011 Interest Rate Swap	$               (380)	$                     -	$                     -

		Amount of Gain/Loss Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income into Income
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Location of Gain/Loss Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income into Income	Year Ended December 31,
		2011		2010		2009
2011 Interest Rate Swap	Interest expense	$	310	$	-	$	-

  The following table reflects the effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

		Amount of Gain/Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative
Derivates Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	Location of Gain/Loss Recognized in Income on Derivate	Year Ended December 31,
		2011		2010		2009
2007 Interest Rate Swap	Interest expense	$	-	$	-	$	1,345
Interest rate cap	Interest expense	$	-	$	-	$	-

13. Fair Value Measurements.

The valuation techniques utilized are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect internal market assumptions. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

52

The assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows (in thousands):

	As of December 31, 2011
	Fair Value Measurements Using						Total
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
2011 Interest Rate Swap	$	-	$	608	$	-	$	608
Contingent consideration to be paid in cash for the acquisitions	$	-	$	-	$	9,856	$	9,856

	As of December 31, 2010
	Fair Value Measurements Using						Total
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Contingent consideration to be paid in cash for the acquisitions	$	-	$	-	$	3,700	$	3,700

The 2011 Interest Rate Swap liability is measured using the income approach. The fair value reflects the estimated amounts that the Company would pay or receive based on the present value of the expected cash flows derived from market rates and prices. As such, this derivative instrument is classified within Level 2. There were no derivative instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

The Company has obligations, to be paid in cash, to the former owners of acquired companies if certain future financial goals are met. The fair value of this contingent consideration is determined using an expected present value technique. Expected cash flows are determined using the probability - weighted average of possible outcomes that would occur should certain financial metrics be reached. There is no market data available to use in valuing the contingent consideration, therefore, the Company developed its own assumptions related to the future financial performance of the businesses to evaluate the fair value of these liabilities. As such, the contingent consideration is classified within Level 3. The liabilities for the contingent consideration were established at the time of the acquisition and are evaluated at each reporting period. The current liability is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in the current portion of accrued earn-outs and the non-current portion is included in accrued earn-outs.

Reconciliations of liabilities measured and carried at fair value on a recurring basis with the use of significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Contingent consideration for acquisitions
Balance at beginning of year	$	3,700		$	-
Additions for acquisitions		10,346			3,700
Payments on contingent consideration		(1,731	)		-
Settlements of contingent consideration		(1,369	)		-
Fair value adjustments		(640	)		-
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(450	)		-
Balance at end of year	$	9,856		$	3,700

During 2011, there were no fair value measurements of assets or liabilities on a non-recurring basis. The following table summarizes the fair value measurements of assets measured on a non-recurring basis during 2010 (in thousands):

	As of December 31, 2010
	Fair Value Measurements Using
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		Total		Total Losses
Goodwill	$	-	$	-	$	199,720	$	199,720	$	15,399

The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units primarily based on level 3 inputs such as discounted cash flows which are not observable from the market, directly or indirectly. The Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $15.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2010.

53

14. Unaudited Quarterly Results.

The following tables present unaudited quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the quarterly information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation thereof. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future periods. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recognized goodwill impairment of $15.4 million related to its Nurse Travel reporting unit.

	2011
	Dec. 31,		Sep. 30,		Jun. 30,		Mar. 31,
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenues	$	161,790	$	162,370	$	143,683	$	129,438
Gross profit	$	53,629	$	54,528	$	48,794	$	43,154
Net income	$	7,501	$	7,767	$	5,865	$	3,164
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.20	$	0.21	$	0.16	$	0.09
Diluted	$	0.20	$	0.21	$	0.16	$	0.08

	2010
	Dec. 31,			Sep. 30,		Jun. 30,		Mar. 31,
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenues	$	121,152		$	116,141	$	104,459	$	96,313
Gross profit	$	42,234		$	41,103	$	35,296	$	30,823
Net income	$	(13,698	)	$	3,163	$	940	$	(302	)
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	(0.38	)	$	0.09	$	0.03	$	(0.01	)
Diluted	$	(0.38	)	$	0.09	$	0.03	$	(0.01	)

54

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company’s management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on this evaluation, our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of the end of the period covered by this report. The term “disclosure controls and procedures” means controls and other procedures of the Company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. “Disclosure controls and procedures” include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

55

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) for the Company. The term “internal control over financial reporting” is defined as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

•   Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

•   Provide reasonable assurance that the transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

•   Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention of timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has included an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting, which is included below.

Changes in Internal Controls

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s fourth quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

56

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of On Assignment, Inc.

Calabasas, California

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of On Assignment, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of the Company and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 14, 2012

57

PART III

 Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information responsive to this item will be set forth in the Company’s proxy statement for use in connection with its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the 2012 Proxy Statement) and is incorporated herein by reference. The 2012 Proxy Statement will be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year. The information under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I, Item 1 of this Form 10-K is also incorporated by reference in this section.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information responsive to this item will be set forth in the 2012 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information responsive to this item will be set forth in the 2012 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Information responsive to this Item will be set forth in the 2012 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information responsive to this Item will be set forth in the 2012 Proxy Statement, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year and is incorporated herein by reference.

58

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) List of documents filed as part of this report

1. Financial Statements:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                        2.  Financial Statement Schedule:

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedules other than those referred to above have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required under the instructions contained in Regulation S-X or because the information is included elsewhere in the financial statements or notes thereto.

(b) Exhibits

See Index to Exhibits.

59

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this to report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on this 14th day of March 2012.

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC.

 

Peter T. Dameris

Chief Executive Officer and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
	Chief Executive Officer, President and Director	March 14, 2012
Peter T. Dameris	(Principal Executive Officer)
	Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer	March 14, 2012
James L. Brill	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ William E. Brock	Director	March 14, 2012
William E. Brock
/s/ Jonathan S. Holman	Director	March 14, 2012
Jonathan S. Holman
/s/ Edward L. Pierce	Director	March 14, 2012
Edward L. Pierce
/s/ Jeremy M. Jones	Director	March 14, 2012
Jeremy M. Jones

60

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 Year Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

(In thousands)

Description	Balance at beginning of year		Provisions		Deductions from reserves			Balance at end of year
Year ended December 31, 2011
Allowance for doubtful accounts and billing adjustments	$	2,175		1,127		(525	)	$	2,777
Workers’ compensation and medical malpractice loss reserves	$	10,244		2,339		(2,182	)	$	10,401
Year ended December 31, 2010
Allowance for doubtful accounts and billing adjustments	$	1,949		644		(418	)	$	2,175
Workers’ compensation and medical malpractice loss reserves	$	10,349		4,310		(4,415	)	$	10,244
Year ended December 31, 2009
Allowance for doubtful accounts and billing adjustments	$	2,443		296		(790	)	$	1,949
Workers’ compensation and medical malpractice loss reserves	$	9,754		4,283		(3,688	)	$	10,349

61

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Number	Footnote	Description
3.1	(1)	Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of On Assignment, Inc.
3.2	(2)	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of On Assignment, Inc., as amended.
3.3	(3)	Amended and Restated Bylaws of On Assignment, Inc.
4.1	(4)	Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
4.2	(6)	Rights Agreement, dated June 4, 2003, between On Assignment, Inc. and U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation as Rights Agent, which includes the Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as Exhibit A, the Summary of Rights to Purchase Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as Exhibit B and the Form of Rights Certificate as Exhibit C.
10.1	(10)	Form of Indemnification Agreements. †
10.2	(9)	Restated 1987 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated April 7, 2006. †
10.3	(10)	First Amendment to Restated 1987 Stock Option Plan, dated January 23, 2007. †
10.4	(9)	Second Amendment to the Restated 1987 Stock Option Plan, dated April 17, 2007. †
10.5	(12)	Third Amendment to the Restated 1987 Stock Option Plan, dated December 11, 2008. †
10.6	(9)	2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated March 18, 2010. †
10.7	(9)	On Assignment, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan, dated March 18, 2010. †
10.8	(16)	Office Lease, dated August 18, 2010, by and between On Assignment, Inc. and Calabasas BDC, Inc.
10.9	(17)	On Assignment, Inc. Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Plan and Summary Plan Description. †
10.10	(14)	Amended and Restated Senior Executive Agreement between On Assignment, Inc. and Peter Dameris, dated December 11, 2008. †
10.11	(15)	First Amendment to Amended and Restated Senior Executive Agreement between On Assignment, Inc. and Peter Dameris, dated March 19, 2009. †
10.12	(17)	Senior Executive Agreement between On Assignment, Inc. and Peter Dameris, dated November 4, 2009. †
10.13	(18)	First Amendment to Senior Executive Agreement, dated March 30, 2010 by and between On Assignment, Inc. and Peter Dameris. †
10.14	(14)	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Oxford Global Resources, Inc., On Assignment, Inc. and Michael J. McGowan dated December 30, 2008. †
10.15	(20)	Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between VISTA Staffing Solutions, Inc., On Assignment, Inc. and Mark S. Brouse, dated August 1, 2011. †
10.16	(20)	Employment Agreement between VISTA Staffing Solutions, Inc., On Assignment, Inc. and Christian Rutherford, dated August 1, 2011. †
10.17	(14)	Amended and Restated Senior Executive Agreement between On Assignment, Inc. and Emmett McGrath, dated December 11, 2008. †
10.18	(14)	Amended and Restated Executive Change in Control Agreement between On Assignment, Inc. and Peter T. Dameris, dated December 11, 2008. †
10.19	(14)	Amended and Restated Executive Change in Control Agreement between On Assignment, Inc. and James L. Brill, dated December 11, 2008. †
10.20	(5)	Form of Option Agreements.
10.21	(7)	Executive Incentive Compensation Plan. †
10.22	(8)	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreements.
10.23	(10)	Form of On Assignment, Inc. Stock Option Agreement †
10.24	(13)	Form of On Assignment, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement  †
10.25	(19)	Credit Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2010, among On Assignment, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender and letter of credit issuer, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, Union Bank, N.A. and BBVA Compass as co-documentation agents and the lenders party thereto.
10.26*		Amendment No. 1 to Security and Credit Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2011, by and among On Assignment, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto.
10.27*		Consent, Waiver and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2011, by and among On Assignment, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto.
10.28*		Third Amendment to Senior Executive Agreement, dated March 8, 2011 by and between On Assignment, Inc. and Peter Dameris. †
10.29*		Fourth Amendment to Senior Executive Agreement, dated March 25, 2011 by and between On Assignment, Inc. and Peter Dameris. †

62

10.30*	Indemnification Agreement, dated November 1, 2011 by and between On Assignment, Inc. and Christian Rutherford.
21.1*	Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1*	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1*	Certification of Peter T. Dameris, Chief Executive Officer and President pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a).
31.2*	Certification of James L. Brill, Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a).
32.1*	Certification of Peter T. Dameris, Chief Executive Officer and President, and James L. Brill, Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
101.INS*	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
*	Filed herewith.
†	These exhibits relate to management contracts or compensatory plans, contracts or arrangements in which directors and/or executive officers of the Registrant may participate.
(1)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 5, 2000.
(2)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 1993.
(3)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 3, 2002.
(4)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-50646) declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 1992.
(5)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2005.
(6)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 5, 2003.
(7)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2005.
(8)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2005.
(9)	Incorporated by reference from our Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2010.
(10)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2007.
(11)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 22, 2006.
(12)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 16, 2008.
(13)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2009.
(14)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010.
(15)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 11, 2009.
(16)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2010.
(17)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2010.
(18)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2010.
(19)	Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 8, 2010.

(20) Incorporated by reference from an exhibit filed with our Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0-20540) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2011.

63

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Assignment Ready, Inc., a Delaware corporation

On Assignment Staffing Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation

VSS Holding, Inc., a Nevada corporation

VISTA Staffing Solutions, Inc., a Utah corporation

VISTA Physician Search and Consulting, Inc., a Utah corporation

VISTA Staffing International, Inc., a Nevada corporation

VISTA Holdings (Hong Kong) Limited, a Hong Kong corporation

Oxford Global Resources, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Other subsidiaries of the Registrant are omitted from this exhibit pursuant to Regulation S-K 601(b)(21)(ii)

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-38849, 333-61998, 333-106203, 333-143907, 333-148000, and 333-168041 on Form S-8 and 333-13065, 333-88034, 333-134479 and 333-142382 on Form S-3 of our reports dated March 14, 2012 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of On Assignment, Inc. and the effectiveness of On Assignment, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of On Assignment, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 14, 2012

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a)

 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

 SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Peter T. Dameris, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of On Assignment, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2012
	Peter T. Dameris
	Chief Executive Officer and President

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a)

 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

 SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, James L. Brill, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of On Assignment, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2012
	James L. Brill,
	Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

 Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)

The undersigned, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of On Assignment, Inc. (the Company), each hereby certifies that, to his knowledge on the date hereof:

(a) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended December 31, 2011 filed on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Report) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(b) information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 14, 2012
	Peter T. Dameris
	Chief Executive Officer and President
Date: March 14, 2012
	James L. Brill
	Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

The foregoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K and shall not be deemed to be considered filed as part of the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

EX-10.26

EXHIBIT 10.26

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT AND CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 (this “Amendment No. 1”) is dated as of January 27, 2011, and amends (i) that certain Security Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2010 (the “Security Agreement”), by and among On Assignment, Inc. (the “Borrower”), the direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Borrower named therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”) for itself and the other Secured Parties (as defined therein), and (ii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2010 among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders named (and as defined) therein (the “Credit Agreement”).  Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested an amendment to the Security Agreement and Credit Agreement, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are willing to agree to the requested amendment subject to the terms and conditions contained herein;

WHEREAS, the Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by the Required Lenders and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned Lenders constitute the Required Lenders;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.Amendment to Compliance Certificate.  Exhibit D to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in the form of Exhibit D hereto so as to add a new Section X to Schedule I thereto, containing a quarterly reporting requirement for Government Accounts (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

2.Amendment of Section 9 of Security Agreement Regarding Government Accounts.   Clause (i) of Section 9 of the Security Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

1

“(i)                   in the event that, at any time, the Grantors (x) have accounts (“Government Accounts”) owing from account debtors that are agencies, departments or instrumentalities of the United States or any state thereof (“Government Debtors”), and (y) the aggregate amount owing to the Grantors under all Government Accounts is in excess of 5% (the “Threshold Amount”) of the aggregate amount owing to the Grantors by all account debtors of all the Grantors, then within 90 days thereafter the Grantors shall satisfy the requirements of the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 and any similar state legislation with respect to sufficient Government Accounts so that the aggregate amount of Government Accounts owing from Government Debtors with respect to which the requirements for the Administrative Agent to have a perfected security interest does not exceed the Threshold Amount and the Grantors shall continue to so satisfy the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 with respect to all Government Accounts of the Grantors until such time as the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(b) of the Credit Agreement certifying that the amount of Government Accounts no longer exceeds the Threshold Amount; provided, however, that if the amount of Government Accounts exceeds the Threshold Amount at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, then upon the written request from the Administrative Agent during such Event of Default, the Grantors shall, within 45 days thereafter, satisfy the requirements of the Assignment of Claims Act and any similar state legislation with respect to all Government Accounts so that the Administrative Agent shall have a perfected security interest in all Government Accounts, and the Grantors shall continue to so satisfy the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 and such state legislation until such time as the Event of Default has been cured or waived.”

2.Effect of Amendment; Counterparts.  Except as expressly modified and amended in this Amendment No. 1, all of the terms and conditions of the Security Agreement and Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the obligations of the Borrower and each other Grantor hereunder and under the Security Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.  This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

[Signature Pages Follow]

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 1 to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC.

CAMBRIDGE CONTRACT STAFFING GROUP, INC.

THE CAMBRIDGE GROUP LTD.

By: /S/Peter Dameris

Name: Peter Dameris

Title:   President

ASSIGNMENT READY, INC.

ON ASSIGNMENT STAFFING SERVICES, INC.

By:/S/Christina Gibson

Name: Christina Gibson

Title:   President

VISTA STAFFING INTERNATIONAL, INC.

VSS HOLDING, INC.

VISTA STAFFING SOLUTIONS, INC.

VISTA PHYSICIAN SEARCH AND CONSULTING, INC.

By: /S/James Brill

Name: James Brill

Title:   Assistant Treasurer

[Counterpart signature page to Amendment No. 1 On Assignment, Inc.]

3

OXFORD GLOBAL RESOURCES, INC.

By: /S/Michael McGowa

Name: Michael McGowan

Title:   President

Agreed and Consented to:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as

Administrative Agent

  By:  /S/Robert Salazar 

  Name: Robert Salazar

  Title: Assistant Vice President

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender

By: /S/Jean S. Manthorne

Name: Jean S. Manthorne

Title: Senior Vice President

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:  /S/James Kim

Name: James Kim

Title: Vice President

[Counterpart signature page to Amendment No. 1 On Assignment, Inc.]

4

UNION BANK, N.A.

By:  /S/David J. Stassel

Name: David J. Stassel

Title: Vice President

COMPASS BANK

By:_________________________________

      Name:

      Title:

EAST WEST BANK

By:_________________________________

      Name:

      Title:

BANK OF MONTREAL

By:  /S/Michael D. Pincus

Name: Michael D. Pincus

Title: Managing Director

MANUFACTURERS BANK

By:_________________________________

      Name:

      Title:

[Counterpart signature page to Amendment No. 1 On Assignment, Inc.]

5

Exhibit D

[See separate document attachment]

6

EX-10.27

EXHIBIT 10.27

CONSENT, WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Consent, Waiver and Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement (this “Amendment No. 2”), dated as of February 17, 2011, is entered into by and among On Assignment, Inc. (the “Borrower”), Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”) for itself and the Lenders named in the Credit Agreement defined below (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”).  Capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2010, by and among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Security Agreement and Credit Agreement, dated as of January 27, 2011 (the “Credit Agreement”).

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are party to the Credit Agreement pursuant to which the Lenders have extended credit to the Borrower on the terms set for therein;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders consent to the purchase (the “Acquisition”) by Lab Support Belgium N.V., a subsidiary of the Borrower, of all of the equity interests in Warphi N.V., a Belgian company (“Valesta”), which is anticipated to close on or about February 28, 2011 (the actual closing date, the “Acquisition Closing Date”), for a maximum total purchase price of €18,000,000, plus or minus the effect of any applicable working capital adjustments (consisting of a initial cash payment of €12,800,000 on the Acquisition Closing Date and additional contingent cash earn-out payments of up to €5,200,000 after the Acquisition Closing Date) (the “Contingent Consideration”), as more particularly described and substantially on the terms set forth in (i) the Offer Letter to Purchase, dated as of November 15, 2010, from the Borrower to Valesta, and (ii) the Valesta Company Overview, dated January 26, 2010 (collectively, the “Transaction Summaries”);

WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders have agreed to consent, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, to the Acquisition as more fully described below;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Acquisition, the Borrower has requested an amendment to the Credit Agreement, and the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders are willing to agree to the requested amendment subject to the terms and conditions contained herein;

1

WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by the Required Lenders and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned Lenders constitute the Required Lenders;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1.Consent and Waiver.  The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders hereby consent to the Acquisition and waive the requirements of Section 7.03(c)(iv) of the Credit Agreement with respect thereto, subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a)           Prior to the closing of the Acquisition, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance, and with such supporting calculations and other documents and information, as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers (which calculations shall give pro forma effect to the Acquisition in the manner required by paragraph (f) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisitions”), certifying the following (both immediately before and after giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition):

(i)           no violation of Section 7.01 or 7.02 of the Credit Agreement, and no other Default, exists or shall result therefrom;

(ii)           the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in pro forma compliance with all of the financial covenants contained in Section 7.11 of the Credit Agreement;

(iii)           the Consolidated Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis is less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00;

(iv)           Liquidity shall not be less than $15,000,000;

(v)           all of the requirements of the definition of Permitted Acquisitions, other than those set forth in paragraph (g) thereof, have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, and the requirements of paragraph (g) as in effect following the effectiveness of this Amendment No. 2 shall be satisfied;

(vi)           the purchase price for the Acquisition shall not exceed an initial cash payment of €12,800,000 on the Acquisition Closing Date (plus or minus the effect of any applicable working capital adjustments) and additional Contingent Consideration of up to €5,200,000 after the Acquisition Closing Date; and

(vii)           the executed purchase agreement and other transaction documents relating to the Acquisition (the “Definitive Acquisition Documents”) are and shall be on terms generally consistent with those contained in the Transaction Summaries (or shall contain terms more favorable to the Borrower);

2

(b)           Prior to the closing of the Acquisition, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent (i) historical financial statements of or related to Valesta, (ii)  projections for Valesta and for Borrower after giving effect to the Acquisition (including projections of financial covenant compliance for at least the four fiscal quarters following the consummation of such transaction), and (iii) material documentation and other information relating to the Acquisition and reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Arrangers; and

(c)           Receipt by the Administrative Agent of such other documentation and information as the Administrative Agent or the Arrangers may reasonably request, which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers.

2.Covenants.

(a)As soon as practicable, but in no event later than sixty (60) days following the Acquisition Closing Date, (i) the Borrower shall cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent notice that the pledge of 66% of the shares of Lab Support Belgium N.V. (“Belgian Holdco”) pursuant to the Pledge Agreement and the other Loan Documents has been duly registered under Belgian law in the Register of Shareholders, and (ii) the Borrower shall have completed such other actions, if any, as may reasonably be deemed advisable by the Administrative Agent to perfect the security interest of the Administrative Agent in such pledged shares under Belgian law.

(b)Unless otherwise consented to by the Required Lenders, Borrower agrees that unless each of the Foreign Subsidiaries that directly or indirectly owns all or any portion of the Equity Interests in Valesta (collectively the “Valesta Parent Companies”) is a holding company which has no operations or business other than acting as a holding company for the Equity Interests of Valesta and its other Subsidiaries, the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Valesta Parent Companies (excluding any such Indebtedness that is either Valesta Purchase Consideration or owed to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party) shall not exceed $1,000,000.

(c)From and after the Acquisition Closing Date, except as otherwise consented to in writing by the Required Lenders, it shall be a condition to any Acquisition or Permitted Acquisition of an entity that will not be a Loan Party (referred to as a “Foreign Target”), that the entity or entities directly or indirectly used by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries to acquire the Foreign Target shall either be Loan Parties or shall be Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are holding companies whose sole business is holding Equity Interests in Subsidiaries.

3

3.Amendments.

(a)New Definitions.  The following new definitions are hereby inserted into Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement in the applicable places therein:

““Acquisition” means the purchase or other acquisition of all of the Equity Interests (other than qualifying directors shares) in, or all or substantially all of the property of, or all or substantially all of any business or division of, any Person (other than any interest in any joint venture owned by such Person) that, upon the consummation thereof, will be owned directly by the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries (including as a result of a merger or consolidation).”

““Valesta Acquisition” means the acquisition of all of the Equity Interests of Warphi N.V., a Belgian company.”

““Valesta Purchase Consideration” means the aggregate consideration paid by the Borrower in the Valesta Acquisition, not exceeding €12,800,000 on the closing date of the Valesta Acquisition (plus or minus the effect of any applicable working capital adjustments) and additional contingent consideration of up to €5,200,000 payable for the Valesta Acquisition after such closing date.”

(b)           Definition of “Permitted Acquisition”.  Paragraph (g) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(g)           in the event that the entity to be acquired or purchased will be an Excluded Foreign Subsidiary or will otherwise not become a Loan Party, any proposed acquisition must, after the completion thereof, be in compliance with Section 7.03(c)(iv), such that, unless otherwise consented to by the Required Lenders, the Acquisition Consideration for such purchase or acquisition, when aggregated with all other acquisitions of or outstanding Investments in Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties (but excluding the Valesta Purchase Consideration), shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate;”

(c)           Permitted Indebtedness.  Section 7.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clauses (h) and (i) therefrom and replacing them with the following:

4

“(h)           other Indebtedness (whether of Loan Parties or Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $11,000,000 at any time outstanding, of which:

(i)an amount of such Indebtedness up to but not exceeding $1,000,000 at any time outstanding may be Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens permitted by Section 7.01(p), and provided that all other Indebtedness permitted by this clause (h) shall at all times be unsecured, and

(ii)           an amount of such Indebtedness up to but not exceeding $1,000,000 at any time outstanding may be Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries that are holding companies of other Subsidiaries but that also have operations other than serving as holding companies and holding and licensing intellectual property; and

(i)         any portion of the Valesta Purchase Consideration consisting of contingent consideration which constitutes Indebtedness, provided, however, that no Indebtedness from third parties may be incurred to pay such contingent consideration.”

(d)           Permitted Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries.  Section 7.03(c)(iv) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(iv) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such Investment or would result from such Investment, additional Investments by the Loan Parties in Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $5,000,000 (but excluding, for purposes of such calculation, any such Investments that are made for the purpose of paying the Valesta Purchase Consideration (including paying the additional contingent consideration that is Valesta Purchase Consideration))”.

(e)           General Investments Basket.  Section 7.03(k) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(k) other Investments not exceeding $2,000,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of the Borrower, provided, however, that no Investments made pursuant to this Section 7.03(k) shall be Investments of Loan Parties in Foreign Subsidiaries.”

4.Representations; Warranties and Other Agreements.The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent as follows:

5

(a)Representations and Warranties.  The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article 5 of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof (both before and after giving effect to the Acquisition), except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that the representations and warranties contained in clauses (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01.

(b)No Default.  After giving effect to this Amendment, both before and after giving effect to the Acquisition, no Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement will occur or be continuing.

5.Conditions to Effectiveness.  This Amendment No. 2 shall become effective upon (i) execution by the Administrative Agent, (ii) receipt by the Administrative Agent of a counterpart signature to this Amendment No. 2 duly executed and delivered by each of the Required Lenders, the Borrower and consented to by the Guarantors, and (iii) the Administrative Agent’s determination that the conditions set forth in Section 1 above have been satisfied.

6.No Implied Waiver.  Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment No. 2, this Amendment No. 2 shall not, by implication or otherwise, limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect any rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, nor alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, obligations or covenants contained in the Credit Agreement or the Loan Documents, all of which shall continue in full force and effect.  Nothing in this Amendment No. 2 shall be construed to imply any willingness on the part of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders to grant any similar or future consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

7.Governing Law; Counterparts.  This Amendment No. 2 shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.  This Amendment No. 2 may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

[Signature Pages Follow]

6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC.

By:  /S/Peter Dameris

Name: Peter Dameris

Title:   President

[Counterpart signature page to Amendment No. 2 On Assignment, Inc.]

7

Agreed and Consented to:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent

By:  /S/Robert Salazar

Name : Robert Salazar

Title: Vice President

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender

By: /S/Jean S. Manthorne

Name: Jean S. Manthorne

Title: Senior Vice President

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By: /S/James Kim

Name: James Kim

Title: Vice President

[Counterpart signature page to Amendment No. 2 On Assignment, Inc.]

8

UNION BANK, N.A.

By: /S/David J. Stassel

Name: David J. Stassel

Title: Vice President

COMPASS BANK

By:_________________________________

      Name:

      Title:

EAST WEST BANK

By:_________________________________

      Name:

      Title:

BANK OF MONTREAL

By: /S/Michael D. Pincus

Name: Michael Pincus

Title: Managing Director

MANUFACTURERS BANK

By:_________________________________

      Name:

      Title:

[Counterpart signature page to Amendment No. 2 On Assignment, Inc.]

9

CONSENT OF GUARANTORS

Each of CAMBRIDGE CONTRACT STAFFING GROUP, INC., THE CAMBRIDGE GROUP LTD., ASSIGNMENT READY, INC., ON ASSIGNMENT STAFFING SERVICES, INC., VISTA STAFFING INTERNATIONAL, INC., VSS HOLDING, INC., VISTA STAFFING SOLUTIONS, INC., and VISTA PHYSICIAN SEARCH AND CONSULTING, INC. (collectively, the “Guarantors”) has guaranteed the Obligations of the Borrower under (and as defined in) the Credit Agreement.  By executing this Consent, each Guarantor hereby absolutely and unconditionally reaffirms to the Lenders that such Guarantor’s Guarantee remains in full force and effect.  In addition, each Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees to the terms and conditions of this Consent.

CAMBRIDGE CONTRACT STAFFING GROUP, INC.

THE CAMBRIDGE GROUP LTD.

By:   /S/Peter Dameris

Name: Peter Dameris

Title:   President

ASSIGNMENT READY, INC.

ON ASSIGNMENT STAFFING SERVICES, INC.

By:  /S/Christina Gibson

Name: Christina Gibson

Title:   President

[Counterpart signature page to Amendment No. 2 On Assignment, Inc.]

10

VISTA STAFFING INTERNATIONAL, INC.

VSS HOLDING, INC.

VISTA STAFFING SOLUTIONS, INC.

VISTA PHYSICIAN SEARCH AND CONSULTING, INC.

By:  /S/James Brill

Name: James Brill

Title:   Assistant Treasurer

OXFORD GLOBAL RESOURCES, INC.

By:  /S/Michael McGowan

Name: Michael McGowan

Title:   President

[Counterpart signature page to Amendment No. 2 On Assignment, Inc.]

11

EX-10.28

EXHIBIT 10.28

Third Amendment to

Dameris Senior Executive Agreement

RECITALS

On Assignment, Inc. (the “Company”) and Peter Dameris (“Executive”) have entered into a Senior Executive Agreement dated November 4, 2009 (as amended on March 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010) (the “Employment Agreement”).  The Company and Executive desire to amend certain provisions of the Employment Agreement pursuant to this Third Amendment to the Senior Executive Agreement (the “Amendment”), dated March 8, 2011.  For good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by both the Company and Executive, the Company and Executive hereby amend the Employment Agreement as follows:

AMENDMENT

1.   Section 1(b)(iii)(A) of the Employment Agreement of the Employment Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

“(A)           Positive EBITDA Awards.  During the first ninety days of each of calendar years 2010, 2011 and 2012, subject to Section 1(b)(iii)(D) and Section 1(b)(iii)(F)(3) below, the Company shall grant to Executive under a Plan a number of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) or restricted shares (as determined by the Company at the time of grant) determined by dividing $800,000 by the Fair Market Value (as defined in the applicable Plan) (“Fair Market Value”) of a share of the Company’s common stock as of January 2 of the calendar year in which such award is granted (or, if January 2 is not a Business Day (as defined below), the first Business Day thereafter) (such awards, the “PEA Grants”), subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable grant date.  Each PEA Grant shall vest, subject to Sections 1(b)(iii)(E) and (F) below, on February 1 of the calendar year immediately following the year in which such PEA Grant is made (any date on which a PEA Grant vests, a “PEA Vesting Date”), subject to (i) the Company attaining positive EBITDA (as defined below), as determined by the Compensation Committee, during the thirteen-month period beginning on January 1 of the year of grant, and (ii) Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable February 1 vesting date, provided, that with respect to the PEA Grants made during calendar years 2011 and 2012, the relevant performance period shall instead be the twelve-month period beginning on January 1 of the year of grant and the relevant PEA Vesting Date shall instead be January 1 of the calendar year immediately following the year in which such PEA Grant is made.  If PEA Grants are made in the form of RSUs, any such PEA Grants that vest in accordance herewith shall be settled in whole shares of Company common stock as soon as practicable after the applicable PEA Vesting Date, but in no event later than the March 15 immediately following the applicable PEA Vesting Date, with the actual settlement or payment date determined in the Company’s sole discretion.”

2.   Section 1(b)(iii)(B) of the Employment Agreement of the Employment Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

1

“(B)           EBITDA Target Awards.  During the first ninety days of each of calendar years 2010, 2011 and 2012, subject to Section 1(b)(iii)(D) and Section 1(b)(iii)(F)(3) below, the Company shall grant to Executive under a Plan a number of RSUs or restricted shares (as determined by the Company at the time of grant) determined by dividing $500,000 by the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company’s common stock as of January 2 of the calendar year in which such award is granted (or, if January 2 is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter) (the “ETA Grants”), subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable grant date.  The Compensation Committee shall establish in writing an EBITDA target applicable to each ETA Grant during the first ninety days of the calendar year in which such ETA Grant is made (and, in any event, upon or prior to making such grant).  The ETA Grants shall vest, subject to Sections 1(b)(iii)(E) and (F) below, as to 50% of the ETA Grant multiplied by the applicable ETA Performance Percentage (as defined below) on February 1 of each of the first two calendar years immediately following the year of grant, subject, in each case, to Executive’s continued employment through such date (any date on which an ETA Grant vests, an “ETA Vesting Date”), provided, that with respect to the ETA Grants made during calendar years 2011 and 2012, the relevant ETA Vesting Date shall instead be January 1 of each of the first two calendar years immediately following the year of grant, subject, in each case, to Executive’s continued employment through such date.  The “ETA Performance Percentage” with respect to each ETA Grant shall mean (i) zero if the applicable EBITDA target is attained at less than 80%, (ii) 50% if the applicable EBITDA target is attained at 80%, (iii) 100% if the applicable EBITDA target is attained at 100% or greater, and (iv) a linear pro ration between 50 – 100% if the applicable EBITDA target is attained between 80% - 100%  (for example, the ETA Performance Percentage will equal 87.5% upon attainment of 95% of the applicable EBITDA target).  If ETA Grants are made in the form of RSUs, any such ETA Grants that vest in accordance herewith shall be settled in whole shares of Company common stock as soon as practicable after the applicable ETA Vesting Date, but in no event later than the March 15 immediately following the applicable ETA Vesting Date, with the actual settlement date determined in the Company’s sole discretion.”

3.   Section 1(b)(iii)(F)(1)(a) of the Employment Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

“(a)           PEA Grants.  PEA Grants that have vested but have not been settled or paid as of the date of a Qualifying Termination shall be settled or paid (if applicable) as soon as practicable after the Date of Termination, but in no event later than the March 15 immediately following such Date of Termination.  PEA Grants that have not vested as of the Date of Termination shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest (without the requirement of continued employment beyond such termination) on a pro-rated basis upon the February 1 immediately following the Date of Termination, or, with respect to the PEA Grants made during calendar years 2011 and 2012, the January 1 immediately following the Date of Termination.  PEA Grants shall vest upon and, in the case of RSUs, be settled, as soon as practicable after, such February 1 (but in no event later than the March 15 immediately following the Date of Termination), if EBITDA during the thirteen-month period beginning on January 1 of the year of grant of the PEA Grant was positive, in an amount determined by multiplying amounts subject to the PEA Grant by a fraction, the numerator of which equals the number of days Executive was employed by the Company from January 1 of the applicable year of grant through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which equals 396; provided, that with respect to the PEA Grants made during calendar years 2011 and 2012, the applicable vesting date shall be the January 1 immediately following the Date of Termination, the applicable performance period shall be the twelve-month period beginning on January 1 of the year of grant of the PEA Grant, and the applicable denominator shall equal 365.”

2

4.   Section 1(b)(iii)(F)(1)(b) of the Employment Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following

“(b)           ETA Grants.  ETA Grants that have vested but have not been settled or paid as of the date of a Qualifying Termination shall be settled or paid (if applicable) as soon as practicable after the Date of Termination, but in no event later than the March 15 immediately following such Date of Termination.  If the performance period applicable to an ETA Grant is ongoing as of the Date of Termination, such ETA Grant shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest (without the requirement of continued employment beyond such termination) on a pro-rated basis upon the February 1 immediately following the Date of Termination (“ETA Termination Vesting Date”) and shall vest upon and, in the case of RSUs, be settled, as soon as practicable after, such ETA Termination Vesting Date (but in no event later than the March 15 immediately following such Date of Termination), in a manner determined by multiplying amounts that would be earned under such ETA Grant on such ETA Termination Vesting Date based solely on attainment of EBITDA by a fraction, the numerator of which equals the number of days Executive was employed by the Company from January 1 of the applicable year of grant through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which equals 396; provided, that with respect to the ETA Grants made during calendar years 2011 and 2012, the applicable “ETA Termination Vesting Date” shall be the January 1 immediately following the Date of Termination, and the applicable denominator shall equal 365.  If the performance period applicable to an ETA Grant has terminated as of the Date of Termination but the vesting of a portion of the ETA Grant remains subject to continued employment, any earned component of such ETA Grant that would otherwise vest on the second February 1 following the year of grant of such ETA Grant, or, with respect to the ETA Grants made during calendar years 2011, 2012, on the second January 1 following the year of grant of such ETA Grant, based on continued employment shall instead vest in full upon the Qualifying Termination and be paid as soon as practicable following the Date of Termination, but in no event later than the March 15 immediately following such Date of Termination.”

5.   Section 1(b)(iii)(F)(4) of the Employment Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

“(4)           Forfeiture of Awards.  All LTIP Awards that have not vested (a) in the case of a termination of Executive’s employment for Cause or due to Executive’s resignation other than for Good Reason, as of the Date of Termination, shall terminate as of the Date of Termination, (b) with respect to LTIP Awards other than PEA Grants and ETA Grants made during calendar years 2011 and 2012, in the case of a Qualifying Termination in which such LTIP Awards remain unvested as of the February 1 following the Date of Termination (after taking into consideration any vesting that may occur upon or following the Date of Termination as provided above or under any other agreement between Executive and Company), shall terminate as of such February 1, and, in all cases, shall be canceled without payment of consideration therefor, and (c) with respect to PEA Grants and ETA Grants made during calendar years 2011 and 2012, in the case of a Qualifying Termination in which such LTIP Awards remain unvested as of the January 1 following the Date of Termination (after taking into consideration any vesting that may occur upon or following the Date of Termination as provided above or under any other agreement between Executive and Company), shall terminate as of such January 1, and, in all cases, shall be canceled without payment of consideration therefor.  Following settlement or payment of any vested LTIP Awards, if applicable, such awards shall terminate and Executive shall have no further rights or interests in respect of such awards.”

3

The modifications to the Employment Agreement contained in this Amendment shall, except as expressly provided otherwise herein, take effect from and after the date of this Amendment.  Except as expressly provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

|

4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive and the Company have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

EXECUTIVE

By:   /S/Peter Dameris

Name: Peter Dameris

Title: President

On assignment, Inc.

By: /S/Jeremy Jonee

Name: Jeremy Jones

Title: Chairman of the Board

|

5

EX-10.29

EXHIBIT 10.29

Fourth Amendment to

Dameris Senior Executive Agreement

RECITALS

On Assignment, Inc. (the “Company”) and Peter Dameris (“Executive”) have entered into a Senior Executive Agreement dated November 4, 2009 (as amended on March 30, 2009,  December 31, 2010, and March 8, 2011) (the “Employment Agreement”).  The Company and Executive desire to amend certain provisions of the Employment Agreement pursuant to this Fourth Amendment to the Senior Executive Agreement (the “Amendment”), dated March 25, 2011.  For good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by both the Company and Executive, the Company and Executive hereby amend the Employment Agreement as follows:

AMENDMENT

1.   The last paragraph of Section 1(b)(iii)(C) of the Employment Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, payment or settlement of Additional Grants, if applicable, may be accelerated as provided in Section 1(b)(iii)(E) and (F) below.  Subject to the foregoing requirements, Additional Grants shall be made under a Plan and shall be paid at the time of settlement, to the extent earned, in either (i) fully vested, freely transferable shares of Company common stock (subject to limitations on transfer imposed under applicable law) or (ii) if insufficient shares remain under the applicable Plan at the time of settlement to pay any earned portion of an Additional Grant in shares of Company common stock, then such portion of the Additional Grant shall instead be paid in cash.  During the first ninety days of the calendar year in which such Additional Grant is made (and, in any event, upon or prior to making the applicable grant), the Company and Executive shall determine by mutual agreement the performance criteria applicable to the vesting of Additional Grants (selected from performance criteria enumerated in a Plan) and the Compensation Committee shall, in consultation with Executive, establish in writing performance goals applicable to each Additional Grant based on such performance criteria and determined by reference to the thirteen-month performance period beginning on January 1 of the year of grant, provided, that with respect to the 2010 Additional Grant only, the relevant performance period shall instead commence on January 1, 2010 and shall continue through December 31, 2012, provided further, that with respect to the two Additional Grants made during calendar year 2011 (the “2011 Additional Grants”) only, the relevant performance period shall instead commence on January 1, 2011 and shall continue through December 31, 2011.  Each Additional Grant shall vest, subject to Sections 1(b)(iii)(E) and (F) below, on February 1 of the year immediately following the year in which such Additional Grant is made, subject to Executive’s continued employment through such February 1, in each case, as to (i) no portion of the award if the applicable performance goals are attained at less than 90% of target, (ii) 80% of the award if the applicable performance goals are attained at 90% of target, (iii) 100% of the award if the applicable performance goals are attained at or above 110% of target, and (iv) a linear pro ration between 80% – 100% of the award if the applicable performance goals are attained between 90% – 110% of target  (for example, an Additional Grant shall vest as to 95% of the award upon attainment of 105% of the applicable target), provided, that subject to each of Sections 1(b)(iii)(E) and (F) below, the continued service requirement applicable to the 2010 Additional Grant shall be satisfied by Executive’s continued employment through February 1, 2011, but vesting of the award shall remain subject to the attainment of the applicable performance criteria during the applicable performance period (to the extent not previously attained), provided further, that subject to each of Sections 1(b)(iii)(E) and (F) below, the continued service requirement applicable to the 2011 Additional Grants shall be satisfied by Executive’s continued employment through January 1, 2012, but vesting of the award shall remain subject to the attainment of the applicable performance criteria during the applicable performance period (to the extent not previously attained).”

1

2.   Section 1(b)(iii)(F)(1)(c) of the Employment Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

“(c)           Additional Grants.  Additional Grants that have vested but have not been settled or paid as of the date of a Qualifying Termination shall be settled or paid as soon as practicable after the February 1 immediately following the Date of Termination, but in no event later than the March 15 immediately following such Date of Termination.  Additional Grants other than the 2010 Additional Grant and the 2011 Additional Grants that have not vested as of the Date of Termination shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon the February 1 immediately following the Date of Termination (without the requirement of continued employment beyond such termination) and shall vest on a pro-rated basis upon and be paid as soon as practicable after such February 1 (but in no event later than the March 15 immediately following such Date of Termination), in a manner determined by multiplying amounts that would be earned under such Additional Grant based solely on attainment of the applicable performance objectives by a fraction, the numerator of which equals the number of days Executive was employed by the Company from January 1 of the applicable year of grant through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which equals 396.  With respect to the 2010 Additional Grant, (i) if a Qualifying Termination occurs prior to February 1, 2011, the 2010 Award shall be treated in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence (with attainment of the performance objectives measured through February 1, 2011), and (ii) if a Qualifying Termination occurs on or after February 1, 2011 (but prior to February 1, 2013), the 2010 Additional Award shall be settled or paid based on actual performance through the Date of Termination, subject to Section 1(g) below, as soon as practicable after the February 1 immediately following the Date of Termination, but in no event later than the March 15 immediately following the Date of Termination.  The 2011 Additional Grants that have not vested as of the Date of Termination shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest upon the January 1 immediately following the Date of Termination (without the requirement of continued employment beyond such termination) and shall vest on a pro-rated basis upon and be paid as soon as practicable after such January 1 (but in no event later than the March 15 immediately following such Date of Termination), in a manner determined by multiplying amounts that would be earned under such Additional Grant based solely on attainment of the applicable performance objectives by a fraction, the numerator of which equals the number of days Executive was employed by the Company from January 1 of the applicable year of grant through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which equals 365.”

2

3.   Section 1(b)(iii)(F)(4) of the Employment Agreement is deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

“(4)           Forfeiture of Awards.  All LTIP Awards that have not vested (a) in the case of a termination of Executive’s employment for Cause or due to Executive’s resignation other than for Good Reason, as of the Date of Termination, shall terminate as of the Date of Termination, (b) with respect to LTIP Awards other than PEA Grants and ETA Grants made during calendar years 2011 and 2012 and the 2011 Additional Grants, in the case of a Qualifying Termination in which such LTIP Awards remain unvested as of the February 1 following the Date of Termination (after taking into consideration any vesting that may occur upon or following the Date of Termination as provided above or under any other agreement between Executive and Company), shall terminate as of such February 1, and, in all cases, shall be canceled without payment of consideration therefor, and (c) with respect to PEA Grants and ETA Grants made during calendar years 2011 and 2012 and the 2011 Additional Grants, in the case of a Qualifying Termination in which such LTIP Awards remain unvested as of the January 1 following the Date of Termination (after taking into consideration any vesting that may occur upon or following the Date of Termination as provided above or under any other agreement between Executive and Company), shall terminate as of such January 1, and, in all cases, shall be canceled without payment of consideration therefor.  Following settlement or payment of any vested LTIP Awards, if applicable, such awards shall terminate and Executive shall have no further rights or interests in respect of such awards.”

******************

The modifications to the Employment Agreement contained in this Amendment shall, except as expressly provided otherwise herein, take effect from and after the date of this Amendment.  Except as expressly provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

|

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Executive and the Company have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

EXECUTIVE

By:  /S/Peter Dameris

Name: Peter Dameris

Title: President

On assignment, Inc.

By:    /S/Jeremy Jones    

Name:  Jeremy Jones

Title:    Chairman of the Board of Directors

|

4

EX-10.30

EXHIBIT 10.30

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of November 1, 2011 by and between On Assignment, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Christian Rutherford (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to continue to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities.  The Bylaws of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.  Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).  The Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, such persons are often concerned about the uncertainties relating to such insurance and indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1

Section 1.Services to the Company.

  Indemnitee agrees to serve as an officer of the Company.  Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position.  This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.  Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws, and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as an officer of the Company.

Section 2.Definitions.

   As used in this Agreement:

(a)A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i)Acquisition of Stock by Third Party.  Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii)Change in Board of Directors.  During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(a)(i), 2(a)(iii) or 2(a)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii)Corporate Transactions.  The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

2

(iv)Liquidation.  The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v)Other Events.  There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 2(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(A)“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(B)“Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(C)“Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b)“Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership or joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(c)“Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(d)“Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(e)“Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding.  Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.  Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

3

(f)“Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent:  (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(g)The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise, whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature and whether formal or informal, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any action on his part while acting as director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; except one initiated by a Indemnitee to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

(h) Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

4

Section 3.Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings

.  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, or in good faith believes it will become, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

Section 4.Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company.

   The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

Section 5.Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful

. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, the Company also shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred in connection with a claim, issue or matter related to any claim, issue, or matter on which the Indemnitee was successful.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6.Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness.

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, or in good faith believes it will become, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

5

Section 7.Additional Indemnification.

(a)Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

(b)For purposes of Section 7(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by law” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i)to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and

(ii)to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 8.Exclusions.

  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a)for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b)for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law pursuant to a settlement by or judgment against Indemnitee; provided this shall not limit the Company’s ability to defend such claim if it elects to do so; or

(c)in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized or consented to the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or joins in the Proceeding, (ii) the Proceeding is to enforce rights under this Agreement, (iii) the Proceeding is initiated after a Change of Control and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation and (iv) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

6

Section 9.Advances of Expenses.

   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance the expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within 10 business days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.  Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.  Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.  Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed.  The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay the advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.  This Section 9 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 8.

Section 10.Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a)To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, not later than thirty (30) days after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding.  The omission to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement.  The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b)The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

Section 11.Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a)Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case:  (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination.  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

7

(b)In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 11(b).  If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.  If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.  In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Court or by such other person as the Court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 11(a) hereof.  Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 12.Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a)In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.  Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

8

(b)If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 11 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith  requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 12(b) shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board of Directors has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement.

(c)The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(d)Reliance as Safe Harbor.  For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with the reasonable care by  the Enterprise.  The provisions of this Section 12(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

9

(e)Actions of Others.  The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 13.Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a)In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement within 45 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the last sentence of Section 11(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 7 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 13(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 5 of this Agreement.  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.  In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c)If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 13 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

10

Section 14.Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a)The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.  In the event of a Change in Control, the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing directors’ and officers’ insurance, in respect of Indemnitee, for a period of six years thereafter.  This tail coverage shall be placed by the Company’s D&O insurance broker and shall be satisfactory to Indemnitee.

11

(c)In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d)The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(e)The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

Section 15.Duration of Agreement.

  This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) 10 years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a [director] [officer] of the Company or (b) 1 year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement relating thereto.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company) and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors and administrators.  The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all, substantially all, or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession has taken place.  The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

12

Section 16.Severability.

  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 17.Enforcement.

(a)The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

(b)This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 18.Modification and Waiver.

  No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 19.Notice by Indemnitee and Company.

(a)Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder.  The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

(b)           The Company agrees to promptly notify Indemnitee in writing upon becoming aware that Indemnitee is the subject of any Proceeding and will provide to Indemnitee, upon request, any information provided to third parties relating to Indemnitee in any such Proceeding.

13

Section 20.Notices.

   All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

(a)If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b)If to the Company to

On Assignment, Inc.

26745 Malibu Hills Road

Calabasas, CA 91301

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 21.Contribution.

  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 22.Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction.

  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

14

Section 23.Identical Counterparts.

  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 24.Miscellaneous.

  Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

ON ASSIGNMENT, INC.                                                                    INDEMNITEE

By:   /S/Peter T. DamerisBy: /S/Christian Rutherford

Name:  Peter T. Dameris                  Name: Christian Rutherford

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer  Title:  President, Vista Staffing Solutions, Inc.

On Assignment, Inc. Indemnification Agreement  November 1, 2011

15

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Property and Equipment [Abstract]

Property and Equipment

2. Property and Equipment.

Property and equipment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

	2011			2010
Furniture and fixtures	$	4,304		$	3,551
Computers and related equipment		5,414			4,950
Computer software		27,306			24,649
Machinery and equipment		1,472			1,062
Leasehold improvements		4,633			3,463
Work-in-progress		4,751			4,412
		47,880			42,087
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(29,823	)		(26,269	)
Total	$	18,057		$	15,818

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $6.5 million in 2011, $5.9 million in 2010 and $5.7 million in 2009.

The Company has capitalized costs related to its various technology initiatives. The net book value of the property and equipment related to software development was $8.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and $7.9 million as of December 31, 2010, which includes work-in-progress of $3.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Organization Consolidation And Presentation Of Financial Statements [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition. Revenues from contract assignments, net of sales adjustments and discounts, are recognized when earned, based on hours worked by the Company's contract professionals on a weekly basis. Conversion and direct hire fees are recognized when earned, upon conversion or direct hire of a contract professional to a client's regular employee. In addition, the Company records a sales allowance against consolidated revenues, which is an estimate based on historical billing adjustment experience. The sales allowance is recorded as a reduction to revenues and an increase to the allowance for billing adjustments. The billing adjustment reserve includes an allowance for fallouts. Fallouts are direct hire and conversion fees that do not complete the contingency period. The contingency period is typically 90 days or less. The Company includes reimbursed expenses, including those related to travel and out-of-pocket expenses, in revenues and the associated amounts of reimbursable expenses in cost of services.

The Company generally records revenue on a gross basis as a principal versus on a net basis as an agent in the consolidated statements of operations. The key indicators supporting the Company's conclusion that it acts as a principal in substantially all of its transactions are that the Company (i) has the direct contractual relationships with its customers, (ii) bears the risks and rewards of the transactions, and (iii) has the discretion to select the contract professionals and establish their price. To the extent that the Company concludes that it does not act as the principal in the arrangement, revenues are recorded on a net basis.

Income Taxes. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 The Company makes a comprehensive review of its uncertain tax positions regularly. In this regard, an uncertain tax position represents the Company's expected treatment of a tax position taken in a filed return, or planned to be taken in a future tax return or claim that has not been reflected in measuring income tax expense for financial reporting purposes. In general, until these positions are sustained by the taxing authorities or statutes expire for the year that the position was taken, the Company does not recognize the tax benefits resulting from such positions and reports the tax effects as a liability for uncertain tax positions in its consolidated balance sheets.

Foreign Currency Translation. The functional currency of the Company's foreign operations is their local currency, and as such, their assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during each monthly period. The related translation adjustments are recorded as cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of stockholders' equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, which are not material, are included in SG&A expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less on the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Billing Adjustments. The Company estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts and an allowance for billing adjustments related to trade receivables based on an analysis of historical collection and billing adjustment experience. The Company applies actual historical collection and adjustment percentages to the outstanding accounts receivable balances at the end of the period. Impaired receivables, or portions thereof, are written-off when deemed uncollectible. 

Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the life of the related asset or the remaining term of the lease. Costs associated with customized internal-use software systems that have reached the application stage and meet recoverability tests are capitalized. Such capitalized costs include external direct costs utilized in developing or obtaining the applications and payroll and payroll-related expenses for employees who are directly associated with the applications.

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets having an indefinite useful life are not amortized for financial statement purposes. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis as of December 31, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives consist of trademarks. In order to test the trademarks for impairment, the Company determines the fair value of the trademarks and compares such amount to its carrying value. Intangible assets having finite lives are amortized over their useful lives and are reviewed to ensure that no conditions exist indicating the recorded amount is not recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows.

Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value of a reporting unit, which is generally an operating segment or one level below the operating segment level, for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed by segment management. This first step is a screen for impairment and compares the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. The second step measures the amount of impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the impacted reporting unit's goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill.  The impairment loss is measured by the amount the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill.

The Company performed the step one analyses for each reporting unit as of December 31, 2011 as this is the annual impairment test date. The Company noted no impairment for any of the reporting units as of December 31, 2011.

Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. The Company evaluates long-lived assets, other than goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, in which case a write-down is recorded to reduce the related asset to its estimated fair value. 

Workers' Compensation and Medical Malpractice Loss Reserves. The Company partially self-insures its workers' compensation liability and medical malpractice liability exposure. In connection with these programs, the Company pays a base premium plus actual losses incurred, not to exceed certain stop-loss limits. The Company is insured for losses above these limits, both per occurrence and in the aggregate. The self-insurance claim liability is determined based on claims filed and claims incurred but not reported. The Company accounts for claims incurred but not yet reported based on estimates derived from historical claims experience and current trends of industry data. Changes in estimates and differences in estimates and actual payments for claims are recognized in the period that the estimates changed or the payments were made.

Contingencies. The Company records an estimated loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to issuance of its financial statements indicates it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements, and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Accounting for contingencies, such as legal settlements, workers' compensation matters and medical malpractice insurance matters, requires the Company to use judgment.

Business Combinations. The purchase price of an acquisition is allocated to the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. To the extent the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, such excess is allocated to goodwill. The Company determines the estimated fair values after review and consideration of relevant information including discounted cash flows, quoted market prices and estimates made by management. Accordingly, these can be affected by contract performance and other factors over time, which may cause final amounts to differ materially from original estimates. The Company adjusts the preliminary purchase price allocation, as necessary, up to one year after the acquisition closing date if it obtains more information regarding asset valuations and liabilities assumed.

 Goodwill acquired in business combinations is assigned to the reporting unit(s) expected to benefit from the combination as of the acquisition date. Acquisition related costs are recognized separately from the acquisition and are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation. The Company records compensation expense for restricted stock awards and stock units based on the fair market value of the awards on the date of grant. Market-based awards, which are based on achievement of targets indexed to the Company's share price, are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation model. Compensation expense for performance-based awards is measured based on the amount of shares ultimately expected to vest, estimated at each reporting date based on management's expectations regarding the relevant performance criteria. The Company accounts for stock options granted and ESPP shares based on an estimated fair market value using a Black-Scholes option valuation model. This methodology requires the use of subjective assumptions including expected stock price volatility and the estimated life of each award. The fair value of equity-based compensation awards less the estimated forfeitures is amortized over the vesting period of the award.

Concentration of Credit Risk. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risks consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents in low risk investments with quality credit institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any single institution above FDIC insured limits. For the Life Sciences, Physician, IT and Engineering segments, and the Nurse Travel and the Allied Healthcare lines of businesses, concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited because of the large number of geographically dispersed customers, thus spreading the trade credit risk. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations to identify risks and maintains an allowance to address these risks.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The recorded values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair value based on their short-term nature. Long-term debt recorded in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 was $86.8 million. The fair value of the long-term debt, based on Level 2 inputs including the yields of comparable companies with similar credit characteristics, was $86.0 million. The fair value of the interest rate swap is based upon market interest rates, using a discounted cash flow model and an adjustment for counterparty risk. See Note 13 for further information.

Derivative Instruments. The Company utilizes derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes, nor does it use leveraged financial instruments.

Advertising Costs. Advertising costs, which are expensed as incurred, were $3.2 million in 2011, $3.1 million in 2010, and $3.5 million in 2009.

Accounting Standards Updates. In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210)-Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. ASU 2011-11 requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. Entities are required to disclose both gross and net information about these instruments. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment (Topic 350) - Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (ASU 2011-08), to allow entities to use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If so, it is necessary to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, the two step goodwill impairment test is not required. ASU 2011-08 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 and earlier adoption is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 will not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Comprehensive Income (ASU 2011-05), to require an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. ASU 2011-05 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 and should be applied retrospectively. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05, which defers certain aspects of ASU 2011-05 related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 will not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S.

GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (Topic 820) - Fair Value Measurement (ASU 2011-04), to provide a consistent definition of fair value and ensure that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal 2012 and should be applied prospectively. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 will result in expanded fair value disclosures.

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 17,739	$ 18,409
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts and billing adjustments of $2,777 and $2,175, respectively	93,925	62,518
Advances and deposits	218	480
Prepaid expenses	3,718	3,555
Prepaid income taxes	2,927	494
Deferred income tax assets	9,271	8,784
Other	3,316	1,406
Total current assets	131,114	95,646
Property and equipment, net	18,057	15,818
Goodwill	229,234	199,720
Identifiable intangible assets, net	30,206	25,170
Other long-term assets	2,054	4,762
Total Assets	410,665	341,116
Current Liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt	5,000	5,000
Accounts payable	4,112	5,392
Accrued payroll and contract professional pay	24,948	15,727
Deferred compensation	1,896	2,198
Workers' compensation and medical malpractice loss reserves	10,401	10,244
Income taxes payable	0	1,496
Current portion of accrued earn-outs	3,488	800
Other	6,564	4,193
Total current liabilities	56,409	45,050
Deferred income tax liabilities	14,856	10,156
Long-term debt	81,750	61,750
Accrued earn-outs	6,368	2,900
Other long-term liabilities	4,539	1,773
Total liabilities	163,922	121,629
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued	0	0
Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized, 37,012,250 and 36,398,811 issued, respectively	370	365
Paid-in capital	229,377	224,139
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)	19,034	(5,021)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	(2,038)	4
Total stockholders' equity	246,743	219,487
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity	$ 410,665	$ 341,116

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]
Balance at Dec. 31, 2008	$ 218,514	$ 388	$ 227,522	$ 16,215	$ 800	$ (26,411)
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2008		38,816,844				(3,097,364)
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Exercise of common stock options	98		98
Exercise of common stock options (in shares)		17,925
Employee stock purchase plan	457	2	455
Employee stock purchase plan (in shares)		227,784
Stock-based compensation expense	5,015		5,015
Vesting of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards	(1,070)	3	(1,073)
Vesting of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards (in shares)		297,621
Tax deficiency from stock-based compensation	(1,386)		(1,386)
Retirement of treasury stock		(30)	(10,549)	(15,832)		26,411
Retirement of treasury stock (in shares)		(3,097,364)				3,097,364
Translation adjustments	326				326
Net income (loss)	4,707			4,707
Balance at Dec. 31, 2009	226,661	363	220,082	5,090	1,126
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2009		36,262,810
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Exercise of common stock options	333	1	332
Exercise of common stock options (in shares)		68,200
Stock repurchase and retirement of shares	(2,000)	(3)	(1,783)	(214)
Stock repurchase and retirement of shares (in shares)		(291,212)
Stock-based compensation expense	7,151		7,151
Vesting of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards	(1,305)	4	(1,309)
Vesting of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards (in shares)		359,013
Tax deficiency from stock-based compensation	(334)		(334)
Translation adjustments	(1,122)				(1,122)
Net income (loss)	(9,897)			(9,897)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	219,487		224,139	(5,021)	4
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2010	36,398,811	36,398,811
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Exercise of common stock options	1,724	2	1,722
Exercise of common stock options (in shares)		293,893
Employee stock purchase plan	977	2	975
Employee stock purchase plan (in shares)		187,036
Stock repurchase and retirement of shares	(2,230)	(3)	(1,985)	(242)
Stock repurchase and retirement of shares (in shares)		(323,361)
Stock-based compensation expense	5,868		5,868
Vesting of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards	(2,219)	4	(2,223)
Vesting of restricted stock units and restricted stock awards (in shares)		455,871
Tax deficiency from stock-based compensation	881		881
Changes in fair value of derivative, net of income tax	(380)				(380)
Translation adjustments	(1,662)				(1,662)
Net income (loss)	24,297			24,297
Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 246,743		$ 229,377	$ 19,034	$ (2,038)
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2011	37,012,250	37,012,250

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income (loss)	$ 24,297	$ (9,897)	$ 4,707
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	6,505	5,881	5,731
Amortization of intangible assets	2,346	2,115	6,075
Provision for doubtful accounts and billing adjustments	1,127	644	296
Deferred income tax provision	3,748	2,274	4,287
Stock-based compensation	6,927	7,749	5,007
Amortization of deferred loan costs	460	961	894
Write-down of deferred loan costs	0	2,208	0
Change in fair value of interest rate swap	0	0	(1,345)
(Gain) loss on officers' life insurance policies	183	(212)	(478)
Gross excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation	(1,113)	(205)	(34)
Impairment of goodwill	0	15,399	0
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment	61	(3)	(246)
Change in accrued earn-outs	(2,009)	0	0
Workers' compensation and medical malpractice provision	3,196	4,310	4,283
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable	(25,079)	(10,532)	28,024
Prepaid expenses	(1,633)	(501)	1,076
Prepaid income taxes	(1,292)	4,223	(958)
Accounts payable	(1,812)	1,032	(695)
Accrued payroll and contract professional pay	6,400	3,880	(9,017)
Income taxes payable	(1,231)	856	0
Deferred compensation	(303)	128	460
Workers' compensation and medical malpractice loss reserves	(1,467)	(3,948)	(3,688)
Tenant improvement allowances	1,308	0	0
Other	2,800	499	(2,366)
Net cash provided by operating activities	23,419	26,861	42,013
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Purchase of property and equipment	(8,411)	(6,302)	(4,673)
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(32,818)	(10,458)	(10,239)
Proceeds from insurance settlements	0	42	512
Other	109	137	572
Net cash used in investing activities	(41,120)	(16,581)	(13,828)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities :
Principal payments of long-term debt	(20,500)	(79,163)	(48,000)
Proceeds from term debt	40,500	68,000	0
Proceeds from stock transactions	2,701	333	555
Payment of employment taxes related to release of restricted stock awards	(2,214)	(1,955)	(325)
Gross excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation	1,113	205	34
Repurchase of Common Stock	(2,230)	(2,000)	0
Debt issuance or amendment costs	(87)	(1,938)	(1,065)
Payments of other long-term liabilities	(1,731)	(52)	(156)
Other	(43)	(44)	0
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	17,509	(16,614)	(48,957)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(478)	(1,231)	475
Net Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents	(670)	(7,565)	(20,297)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year	18,409	25,974	46,271
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year	17,739	18,409	25,974
Cash paid (refunds received) for:
Income taxes	16,163	(2,578)	1,230
Interest	2,659	5,478	8,564
Acquisitions:
Goodwill	30,504	10,458	0
Identifiable intangible assets acquired	7,726	1,761	170
Net tangible assets acquired	4,934	0	44
Fair value of assets acquired, net of cash received	43,164	12,219	214
Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities
Payable for employment taxes withheld related to release of restricted stock awards	0	96	745
Accrued earn-out payments	10,346	3,700	0
Acquisition through notes payable	0	0	143
Acquisition of property and equipment through accounts payable	$ 324	$ 383	$ 555

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS [Abstract]
Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts and billing adjustments	$ 2,777	$ 2,175
Preferred Stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred Stock, shares authorized (in shares)	1,000,000	1,000,000
Preferred Stock, shares issued (in shares)	0	0
Preferred Stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common Stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common Stock, shares authorized (in shares)	75,000,000	75,000,000
Common Stock, shares issued (in shares)	37,012,250	36,398,811
Common Stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	37,012,250	36,398,811

XML

Stock-based Compensation Incentive Award Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Disclosure Of Compensation Related Costs Sharebased Payments [Abstract]

Stock-based Compensation - Incentive Award Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan

10. Stock-based Compensation: Incentive Award Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

The Company believes that stock-based compensation better aligns the interests of its employees and directors with those of its shareholders versus exclusively providing cash-based compensation. Stock-based compensation provides incentives to retain and motivate executive officers and key employees responsible for driving Company performance and maintaining important relationships that contribute to the growth of the Company.

Compensation expense charged to operations related to stock-based compensation was $6.9 million, $7.7 million, and $5.0 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) in selling, general and administrative expenses. The Company has recognized an income tax benefit of $2.5 million, $2.9 million, and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively in the consolidated statements of operations for stock-based compensation arrangements.

Effective June 3, 2010, the shareholders approved the adoption of the On Assignment, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the 2010 Plan), which replaced the Company's Restated 1987 Stock Option Plan. The 2010 Plan permits the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards (RSAs), dividend equivalent rights, stock payments, deferred stock, restricted stock units (RSUs), performance shares and other incentive awards, stock appreciation rights and cash awards to its employees, directors and consultants for up to 2,184,983 shares of common stock, which included the 884,983 shares that remained available for issuance under the 1987 Plan as of June 3, 2010. The 2010 Plan allows for stock option awards to be granted with an exercise price equal to the closing market price of the Company's stock at the date of grant. Stock option awards generally vest over four years of continuous service with the Company and generally have ten-year contractual terms. RSUs and RSAs generally vest over a three year continuous service period, though individual award vesting terms vary within these parameters. Certain stock option awards and RSUs and RSAs provide for accelerated vesting in the event of a change in control (see Note 6). Options or awards that are cancelled or forfeited are added back to the pool of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan. As of December 31, 2011, there were 1,606,921 shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option valuation model that incorporates assumptions disclosed in the table below. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the underlying stock for a period consistent with the expected lives of the stock options as the Company believes this is a reasonable representation of future volatility. Additionally, the Company analyzes historical stock option exercise behavior and vesting patterns for RSUs and RSAs in order to estimate employee turnover rates (i.e. forfeiture rates). The forfeiture rate, set by management, is used to estimate the number of options and awards that will eventually vest and the associated impact on stock-based compensation expense. The expected life, or term, of options granted is derived from historical exercise behavior and represents the period of time that stock option awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company has selected a risk-free rate based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury Securities with a maturity equivalent to the options' expected term. For RSUs and RSAs, the Company records compensation expense based on the fair market value of the awards on the grant date.

Officer Awards

The preceding paragraphs describe the general terms of most stock-based incentive awards granted by the Company. However, the Company has granted a discrete set of stock-based awards to its Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and other corporate officers that differ from those generally stated terms. The grant-date fair-value of these awards, which was determined by applying certain provisions of the stock compensation guidance relative to performance-based and market-based awards, is generally being expensed over the vesting term. The impact of these awards is reflected in the detailed RSU and RSA disclosures below. All awards are subject to the officer's continued employment through such vesting dates, however, the vesting of certain awards will accelerate upon the occurrence of a change in control of the Company and/or upon certain qualifying terminations of employment.

In March 2011, the CEO was awarded the following incentive equity grants: (i) On March 8, 2011, the CEO was awarded a number of RSUs that will be determined by dividing $0.5 million by the closing price of the Company's stock on each of February 1, 2013 and February 1, 2014 contingent upon the Company meeting certain financial performance objectives measured over the twelve month period between January 1, 2011 and December 31, 2011, which were met. Certain provisions of ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, require the Company to classify and account for this award as a liability award until the number of shares is determined. The associated liability related to this award included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in other long-term liabilities was $1.0 million as of December 31, 2011; and (ii) 58,754 RSUs granted on March 8, 2011 with a grant date fair market value of $0.6 million, which will vest in two equal components of $0.3 million on January 1, 2012 and January 1, 2013, contingent upon the Company achieving certain performance objectives based on adjusted EBITDA approved by the Compensation Committee over the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2011, which were met and approved. The grant-date fair value of the RSUs described in this paragraph is being expensed over the vesting term, based on an estimate of the percentage achievement of the applicable performance targets. All awards were subject to the CEO's continued employment through applicable vesting dates. All awards may vest on an accelerated basis in part or in full upon the occurrence of certain events.

In the first quarter of 2011, the Company granted RSUs to certain other executive officers with an aggregate grant-date fair value of $1.6 million. Of the $1.6 million, $0.9 million will vest in three annual increments subject to continued employment on each succeeding grant-date anniversary. The remaining $0.7 million vested on January 3, 2012, as certain performance objectives approved by the Compensation Committee were attained. The Company records stock-based compensation expense over the vesting period of the awards based on the probability that the performance objectives will be met and that the executives will maintain their employment through the respective vesting dates.

On June 3, 2010, the CEO was awarded a number of RSUs that will be determined by dividing $0.5 million by the closing price of the Company's stock on February 1, 2013 contingent upon the Company meeting certain stock price performance objectives measured over the thirty-six month period between January 1, 2010 and December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of the award was $0.5 million and is being expensed over a derived service period of 2.6 years, determined by applying certain provisions relative to market-based awards in ASC Topic 718, Stock Compensation. Furthermore, certain provisions of ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, require the Company to classify and account for this award as a liability award until the number of shares is determined and the fair value of the award is remeasured at each reporting period until the award is settled. Fluctuations in the fair value of the liability award and its derived service period are recorded as increases or decreases to stock-based compensation cost. The associated liability related to this award included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in other long-term liabilities was $0.3 million as of December 31, 2011.

On March 17, 2010, the CEO was granted 67,568 RSUs, with a grant-date fair value of $0.5 million, of which 33,784 RSUs vested on February 1, 2011 and the remaining 33,784 RSUs vested on February 1, 2012. As of December 31, 2011, the performance targets had been fully achieved and the grant-date fair value was expensed over the respective vesting periods for each of the two components. All awards were subject to the CEO's continued employment through applicable vesting dates and may have vested on an accelerated basis in part or in full upon the occurrence of certain qualifying terminations of employment and/or corporate events.

In the first quarter of 2010, the Company granted RSUs to certain other executive officers with an aggregate grant-date fair value of $1.2 million. Sixty percent of the total RSU award will vest in three annual increments subject to continued employment on each succeeding grant-date anniversary. Forty percent of the awards will vest in three consecutive annual installments contingent upon the officer attaining certain performance objectives approved by the Compensation Committee. Accordingly, the Company records stock-based compensation expense over the vesting period of these awards based on the probability that the performance objectives will be met and that the executives will maintain their employment through the respective vesting dates.

On November 4, 2009, we entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer that provides for three annual stock award grants with grant-date values of $0.8 million each, based on performance objectives for 2010 through 2012 that vest and become payable, subject to continued employment, on February 1, 2011, January 1, 2012, and January 1, 2013, respectively, contingent upon achieving positive adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) during the thirteen month period ending on February 1 the year following the grant for the 2010 award, and the twelve month period ending January 1 the year following the grant for the 2011 and 2012 awards.

On January 2, 2009, the Chief Executive Officer was granted (1) 90,252 RSUs valued at $0.5 million which vest on the third anniversary of the date of the grant, (2) 90,252 RSAs valued at $0.5 million, which were to vest on December 31, 2009, but did not vest because the performance objectives approved by the Compensation Committee (based on adjusted EBITDA) were not met, and (3) 90,252 RSUs valued at $0.5 million, which vested December 30, 2011.

On January 2, 2008, the Chief Executive Officer was granted (1) 78,369 RSUs valued at $0.5 million which vest on the third anniversary of the date of the grant, (2) 78,369 RSAs valued at $0.5 million, which vested December 31, 2009 when the Company met the performance objectives approved by the Compensation Committee (based on adjusted EBITDA), and (3) 78,369 RSUs valued at $0.5 million, which were to vest on December 31, 2010, subject to the Company meeting certain stock price performance objectives relative to its peers, however, only 75,615 shares, or 96.5 percent of the original award, vested on December 31, 2010.

Stock Options

The following table displays the weighted average assumptions that have been applied to estimate the fair value of stock option awards on the date of grant:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Dividend yield		-			-			-
Risk-free interest rate		0.92	%		1.47	%		1.64	%
Expected volatility		75.67	%		73.26	%		73.09	%
Expected lives	3.6 years			3.6 years			3.5 years

The following summarizes pricing and term information for options outstanding as of December 31, 2011:

					Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices					Number Outstanding at December 31, 2011	Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)	Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number Exercisable at December 31, 2011	Weighted Average Exercise Price
$	2.82	-	$	5.11	588,429	3.2 years	$	4.87	553,712	$	4.91
	5.13	-		7.31	478,524	5.2 years		6.21	380,031		6.00
	7.39	-		10.46	453,241	9.0 years		9.36	37,503		8.88
	10.69	-		13.31	714,561	5.1 years		12.41	710,361		12.42
	18.63	-		19.86	28,450	0.4 years		19.75	28,450		19.75
$	2.82	-	$	19.86	2,263,205	5.3 years	$	8.62	1,710,057	$	8.60

The following table is a summary of stock option activity under the Plan as of December 31, 2011 and changes for the year then ended:

	Incentive Stock Options			Non- Qualified Stock Options			Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2011		341,836			1,904,767		$	8.32		5.3	$	3,655,000
Granted		-			424,854		$	9.42
Exercised		(110,310	)		(183,583	)	$	5.87
Canceled		(10,060	)		(104,300	)	$	12.75
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		221,466			2,041,738		$	8.62		5.3	$	6,928,000
Vested and Expected to Vest at December 31, 2011		221,334			1,893,333		$	8.59		5.1	$	6,620,000
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		221,235			1,488,822		$	8.60		4.2	$	5,539,000

The table above includes 54,000 and 90,000 non-employee director stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $5.04, $3.80, and $3.45 per option, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1.3 million, $0.2 million, and $27,000.

As of December 31, 2011 there was unrecognized compensation expense of $1.6 million related to unvested stock options based on options that are expected to vest. The unrecognized compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.11 years.

In January 2009, the Company implemented a stock option exchange program that gave eligible employees the opportunity to exchange options with an exercise price greater than $8.00 per share that were granted on or after December 31, 2000, for a reduced number of restricted stock units at an exchange price with a fair value approximately equivalent to the fair value of the cancelled options. Certain executive officers and the Board of Directors were not eligible to participate in the stock option exchange program. As a result of this stock option exchange program, 603,700 stock options were cancelled and exchanged for 87,375 RSUs which vested 50.0 percent on January 22, 2011, and 25.0 percent on January 22, 2012 and will vest 25.0 percent on January 22, 2013 subject to the employee's continued employment through such vesting dates. Incremental compensation cost related to the option exchange was not significant to the Company's financial statements.

Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Stock Awards

A summary of the status of the Company's unvested RSUs and RSAs as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year then ended are presented below:

	Restricted Stock Units / Awards			Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value Per Unit / Award
Unvested RSUs and RSAs outstanding at January 1, 2011		1,205,851			$             7.15
Granted		776,922			9.51
Market value share count adjustment for liability awards		(25,564	)		11.02
Vested		(699,421	)		6.41
Forfeited		(49,622	)		7.76
Unvested RSUs and RSAs outstanding at December 31, 2011		1,208,166			$             8.99
Unvested and expected to vest RSUs and RSAs outstanding at December 31, 2011		1,117,839			$             9.12

The number of shares vested in the table above includes 243,551 shares surrendered by the employees to the Company for payment of minimum tax withholding obligations. Shares of stock withheld for purposes of satisfying minimum tax withholding obligations are again available for issuance under the Plan.

Additionally, the table above includes 27,272 RSUs that were awarded to non-employee directors on August 9, 2011, of which 13,636 shares vested immediately upon issuance and the remaining shares will vest on August 9, 2012. The weighted average grant-date fair value of these awards was $8.80. There was unrecognized compensation expense of $73,000 as of December 31, 2011 related to these RSUs that will be recorded over the remaining term of approximately seven months.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSUs and RSAs granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $9.18, $7.26 and $5.62 per award, respectively. The total intrinsic value of RSUs and RSAs vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $6.4 million, $3.7 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, there was unrecognized compensation expense of $3.7 million related to unvested RSUs and RSAs based on awards that are expected to vest. The unrecognized compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Effective June 3, 2010 when the shareholders approved the On Assignment 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP), the Company reinstated the employee stock purchase program for issuance of up to 3,500,000 shares of common stock with the first offering periods. The ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase common stock of the Company, through payroll deductions, at 85.0 percent of the lower of the market price on the first day or the last day of semi-annual purchase periods. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under IRS Code Section 423. Eligible employees may contribute up to a certain percentage set by the plan administrator of their eligible earnings toward the purchase of the stock (subject to certain IRS limitations). Previously, the Company maintained a shareholder-approved Employee Stock Purchase Plan which was originally adopted by the Board of Directors on March 1, 1993 (the Prior ESPP). The pool of shares available for issuance under the Prior ESPP was fully depleted on February 27, 2009. As a result, the Prior ESPP was terminated and no additional shares will be issued under the Prior ESPP.

In accordance with the ESPP, shares of common stock are transferred to participating employees at the conclusion of each six month enrollment period, which now end on the last business day of the month in March and September each year. The Company issued 187,036 shares of common stock in 2011 under the ESPP. In 2010, no shares were issued under the ESPP or the Prior ESPP. In 2009, the Company issued 227,784 shares of common stock under the Prior ESPP plan.

Compensation expense of shares purchased under the ESPP is measured based on a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The model accounts for the discount from market value and applies an expected life in line with each six month purchase period. The weighted average fair value of stock purchased under the ESPP was $2.10for the year ended December 31, 2011. The weighted average fair value of stock purchased under the Prior ESPP was $2.67 per share for the year ended December 31, 2009. The amount of stock-based compensation expensed related to the ESPP was $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 09, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Entity Registrant Name	ON ASSIGNMENT INC
Entity Central Index Key	0000890564
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 308,131,042
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		37,037,068
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011

XML

Business Segments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Business Segments

11. Business Segments.

The Company has four reportable segments: Life Sciences, Healthcare, Physician and IT and Engineering. The Life Sciences segment provides contract, contract-to-permanent and direct placement services of laboratory and scientific professionals to the biotechnology, pharmaceutical, food and beverage, medical device, personal care, chemical and environmental industries. These contract staffing specialties include chemists, clinical research associates, clinical lab assistants, engineers, biologists, biochemists, microbiologists, molecular biologists, food scientists, regulatory affairs specialists, lab assistants and other skilled scientific professionals.

The Healthcare segment includes the combined results of the Nurse Travel and Allied Healthcare lines of business. The lines of business have been aggregated into the Healthcare segment based on similar economic characteristics, end-market customers and management personnel. The Healthcare segment provides contract, contract-to-permanent and direct placement of professionals from a number of healthcare, medical financial and allied occupations. These contract staffing specialties include nurses, specialty nurses, respiratory therapists, surgical technicians, imaging technicians, x-ray technicians, medical technologists, phlebotomists, coders, billers, claims processors and collections staff.

The Physician segment provides contract and direct placement physicians to healthcare organizations. The Physician segment works with nearly all medical specialties, placing locum tenens physicians in hospitals, community-based practices, and federal, state and local facilities.

The IT and Engineering segment provides high-end contract and direct placement services of information technology and engineering professionals with expertise in specialized information technology; software and hardware engineering; and mechanical, electrical, validation and telecommunications engineering fields.

The Company's management evaluates the performance of each segment primarily based on revenues, gross profit and operating income. The information in the following table is derived directly from the segments' internal financial reporting used for corporate management purposes.

The following table represents revenues, gross profit and operating income by reportable segment (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011	2010	2009
Revenues:
Life Sciences	$     155,324	$     109,495	$     93,664
Healthcare	94,598	76,287	97,137
Physician	80,617	73,595	87,719
IT and Engineering	266,742	178,688	138,093
Total Revenues	$     597,281	$     438,065	$   416,613
Gross Profit:
Life Sciences	$       52,643	$       37,776	$     30,470
Healthcare	26,637	23,058	27,329
Physician	25,858	23,847	28,545
IT and Engineering	94,967	64,775	50,024
Total Gross Profit	$     200,105	$     149,456	$   136,368
Operating Income (Loss):
Life Sciences	$       10,727	$         5,305	$       6,176
Healthcare	(3,491)	(20,998)	(3,074)
Physician	5,347	5,010	8,214
IT and Engineering	31,816	13,910	3,911
Total Operating Income	$       44,399	$         3,227	$     15,227

The Company does not report Life Sciences and Healthcare segments' total assets separately as the operations are largely centralized. The following table represents total assets as allocated by reportable segment (in thousands):

	December 31, 2011	December 31, 2010	December 31, 2009
Total Assets:
Life Sciences and Healthcare	$                107,915	$                74,979	$                78,645
Physician	83,940	63,908	69,912
IT and Engineering	218,810	202,229	194,905
Total Assets	$              410,665	$              341,116	$              343,462

The Company does not report all assets by segment for all reportable segments. The following table represents identifiable assets by reportable segment (in thousands):

	December 31, 2011	December 31, 2010	December 31, 2009
Gross Accounts Receivable:
Life Sciences	$                21,727	$                14,107	$                10,548
Healthcare	11,568	9,628	9,722
Physician	15,749	10,233	12,453
IT and Engineering	47,658	30,725	19,399
Total Gross Accounts Receivable	$                96,702	$                64,693	$                52,122

The Company operates internationally, with operations in the United States, Europe, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand. The following table represents revenues by geographic location (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011	2010	2009
Revenues:
Domestic	$    529,150	$    407,317	$    393,846
Foreign	68,131	30,748	22,767
Total Revenues	$    597,281	$    438,065	$    416,613

The following table represents long-lived assets by geographic location (in thousands):

	December 31, 2011	December 31, 2010	December 31, 2009
Long-lived Assets:
Domestic	$                19,078	$                19,826	$               20,364
Foreign	1,033	754	569
Total Long-lived Assets	$                20,111	$                20,580	$               20,993

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) [Abstract]
Revenues	$ 597,281	$ 438,065	$ 416,613
Cost of services	397,176	288,609	280,245
Gross profit	200,105	149,456	136,368
Selling, general and administrative expenses	155,706	130,830	121,141
Impairment of goodwill	0	15,399	0
Operating income	44,399	3,227	15,227
Interest expense	(2,975)	(8,309)	(6,612)
Interest income	39	141	170
Income (loss) before income taxes	41,463	(4,941)	8,785
Provision for income taxes	17,166	4,956	4,078
Net income (loss)	24,297	(9,897)	4,707
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic	$ 0.66	$ (0.27)	$ 0.13
Diluted	$ 0.64	$ (0.27)	$ 0.13
Number of shares and share equivalents used to calculate earnings (loss) per share:
Basic	36,876	36,429	36,011
Diluted	37,758	36,429	36,335
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to comprehensive income (loss):
Net income (loss)	24,297	(9,897)	4,707
Changes in fair value of derivative, net of income tax of $227	(380)
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(1,662)	(1,122)	326
Comprehensive income (loss)	$ 22,255	$ (11,019)	$ 5,033

XML

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Goodwill And Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Assets

5. Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

	Life Sciences	Healthcare	Physician	IT and Engineering	Total
Balance as of January 1, 2010
Gross goodwill	$            1,197	$        122,230	$          37,163	$        148,542	$        309,132
Accumulated impairment loss	-	(106,318)	-	-	(106,318)
	1,197	15,912	37,163	148,542	202,814
Cambridge acquisition (see Note 3)	5,650	-	-	941	6,591
Sharpstream acquisition (see Note 3)	5,714	-	-	-	5,714
Goodwill impairment	-	(15,399)	-	-	(15,399)
Balance as of December 31, 2010
Gross goodwill	12,561	122,230	37,163	149,483	321,437
Accumulated impairment loss	-	(121,717)	-	-	(121,717)
	12,561	513	37,163	149,483	199,720
Valesta acquisition (see Note 3)	16,097	-	-	-	16,097
HCP acquisition (see Note 3)	-	-	14,407	-	14,407
Translation adjustment	(990)	-	-	-	(990)
Balance as of December 31, 2011
Gross goodwill	27,668	122,230	51,570	149,483	350,951
Accumulated impairment loss	-	(121,717)	-	-	(121,717)
	$          27,668	$               513	$          51,570	$        149,483	$        229,234

The goodwill impairment charge in 2010 related to the Nurse Travel reporting unit. 

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had the following acquired intangible assets (in thousands):

		December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Estimated Useful Life	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net Carrying Amount
Subject to amortization:
Customer relations	3 months - 10 years	$	11,077	$	7,891	$	3,186	$	7,740	$	6,830	$	910
Contractor relations	3 - 7 years		27,276		25,599		1,677		26,111		24,600		1,511
Non-compete agreements	2 - 3 years		899		604		295		470		371		99
In-use software	2 years		500		500		-		500		500		-
			39,752		34,594		5,158		34,821		32,301		2,520
Not subject to amortization:
Trademarks			25,048		-		25,048		22,650		-		22,650
Goodwill			229,234		-		229,234		199,720		-		199,720
Total		$	294,034	$	34,594	$	259,440	$	257,191	$	32,301	$	224,890

Identifiable intangible assets are amortized on an accelerated or straight-line basis over their respective useful lives depending on the intangible asset. Amortization expense for intangible assets with finite lives was $2.3 million, $2.1 million, and $6.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Estimated amortization for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

2012	$          2,315
2013	1,425
2014	469
2015	227
2016	194
Thereafter	528
	$           5,158

Goodwill and other intangible assets having indefinite useful lives are not amortized for financial statement purposes. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis as of December 31, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

XML

Long-Term Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Long-Term Debt

4. Long-Term Debt.

Long-term debt at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

	December 31,	December 31,
	2011	2010
Senior Secured Debt:
$75 million revolving credit facility, due December 2015	$                            43,000	$                            18,000
$50 million term loan facility, due December 2015	43,750	48,750
Total	$                            86,750	$                            66,750

On December 3, 2010, the Company replaced its $145 million term loan facility (the Old Term Loan Facility) with a new senior secured credit agreement (the New Term Loan Facilities), which consists of a $50.0 million, five-year term loan facility, a $75.0 million, five-year revolving loan facility and a $10.0 million sublimit for letters of credit, as well as the ability to increase the loan facilities for up to an additional $50.0 million, subject to receipt of lender commitments and satisfaction of specified conditions. In connection with the extinguishment of the Old Term Loan Facility, the Company expensed and included in interest expense in 2010 the unamortized capitalized loan costs of $2.8 million of that facility. 

Borrowings under the new credit agreement bear interest through maturity at a variable rate based upon, at the Company's option, either the Eurodollar rate or the base rate (which is the highest of the administrative agent's prime rate, one-half of 1.0 percent in excess of the overnight federal funds rate, and 1.0 percent in excess of the one-month Eurodollar rate), plus in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin for Eurodollar rate loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 2.0 percent to 3.25 percent per annum and the applicable margin for base rate loans ranges, based on the applicable leverage ratio, from 1.0 percent to 2.25 percent per annum. The Company is required to pay a commitment fee equal to 0.5 percent per annum on the undrawn portion available under the revolving loan facility if its leverage ratio is less than 3.0:1.0 and a commitment fee equal to 0.625 percent per annum if its leverage ratio is equal to or greater than 3.0:1.0. Additionally, the Company is required to pay variable per annum fees equal to the applicable margin for Eurodollar rate loans in respect of outstanding letters of credit.

The Company made principal reducing payments to the New Term Loan Facilities of $20.5 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company made principal reducing payments related to the Old Term Loan Facility of $77.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. During the five years after the closing date, the Company is required to make quarterly amortization payments on the term loan facility in the amount of $1.3 million. The Company is required to make mandatory prepayments of loans under the new credit agreement, subject to specified exceptions, from excess cash flow, and with the proceeds of asset sales, debt issuances and specified other events. 

The Company's obligations under the New Term Loan Facilities are guaranteed by substantially all of its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, which are secured by a lien on substantially all of the Company's tangible and intangible property, and by a pledge of all of the shares of stock, partnership interests and limited liability company interests of its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries.

In addition to other covenants, the New Term Loan Facilities place limits on the Company's and its subsidiaries' ability to incur liens, incur additional indebtedness, make loans and investments, engage in mergers and acquisitions, engage in asset sales, declare dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock, alter the business conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries, transact with affiliates, make capital expenditures, prepay, redeem or purchase subordinated debt and amend or otherwise alter debt agreements.

The New Term Loan Facilities contain financial covenants requiring the Company to (i) maintain a maximum ratio of consolidated funded debt to consolidated EBITDA of 3.0 to 1.0, with a one-time election, upon notice to the administrative agent, to temporarily increase the maximum ratio to 3.25 to 1.0; (ii) maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest charges of 1.25 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Company ending on or before March 31, 2011 and 1.5 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending on or after June 30, 2011; and (iii) to limit its operating lease payments to not more than $10.0 million in 2010 and 2011, $10.5 million in 2012, $11.0 million in 2013, $11.5 million in 2014 and $12.0 million in any fiscal year thereafter. A failure to comply with these covenants could permit the lenders under the new credit agreement to declare all amounts borrowed under the new credit agreement, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 the Company was in compliance with all of its financial covenants, including minimum quarterly principal payment requirements.

XML

Derivative Instruments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Derivative Instruments [Abstract]

Derivative Instruments

12. Derivative Instruments.

The Company utilizes derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes, nor does it use leveraged financial instruments. The Company reports its derivative instruments separately as assets and liabilities unless a legal right of set-off exists under a master netting agreement enforceable by law. The Company's derivative instruments are recorded at their fair value, and are included in other long-term liabilities and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

On May 2, 2007, the Company entered into a transaction with a financial institution to fix the underlying interest rate on $73.0 million of its then outstanding bank loan for a period of two years beginning June 30, 2007 (the 2007 Interest Rate Swap). This transaction essentially fixed the Company's base borrowing rate at 4.9425 percent as opposed to a floating rate, which reset at selected periods. On June 30, 2009, the 2007 Interest Rate Swap expired in accordance with the terms of the agreement, thus there was no related fair value measurement as of December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2009. The Company recorded a gain of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 for the change in fair value of the 2007 Interest Rate Swap. The 2007 Interest Rate Swap was not designated as a hedging instrument for accounting purposes.

Effective July 1, 2009, pursuant to terms of the amended credit agreement, the Company entered into an interest rate cap contract, in order to mitigate the interest rate risk. The interest rate cap contract was for a notional amount of $51.0 million with a one-month LIBOR cap of 3.0 percent for a term of one year and expired on July 1, 2010, thus there was no related fair value measurement as of December 31, 2010. As this agreement was not designated as a hedging instrument, changes in the fair value of this agreement increased or decreased interest expense.

On February 18, 2011, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement to hedge a portion of its interest rate exposure on its senior secured debt (the 2011 Interest Rate Swap). The 2011 Interest Rate Swap has a notional amount of $25.0 million and fixes a portion of the Company's base borrowing rate,which is a floating rate based on a LIBOR swap rate that resets periodically. The 2011 Interest Rate Swap was designated as a hedging instrument for accounting purposes and is accordingly accounted for as a cash flow hedge. Any unrealized losses on the 2011 Interest Rate Swap agreement are included in accumulated other comprehensive income until the periodic interest settlements occur, at which time they will be recorded as interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company expects to reclassify losses of $0.3 million (pretax) from accumulated other comprehensive income to interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) within the next twelve months.

As a result of the use of derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to risk that the counterparties will fail to meet their contractual obligations. To mitigate the counterparty credit risk, the Company only enters into contracts with carefully selected major financial institutions based upon their credit ratings and other factors, and continually assesses the creditworthiness of counterparties. As of December 31, 2011, the counterparty to the 2011 Interest Rate Swap had investment grade ratings and has performed in accordance with their contractual obligations.

The fair values of derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows (in thousands):

Derivative designated as hedging instrument under ASC 815
	Balance Sheet Classification	December 31, 2011	December 31, 2010
2011 Interest Rate Swap - current portion	Other liabilities	$                      310	$                          -
2011 Interest Rate Swap - long-term portion	Other long-term liabilities	298	-
		$                      608	$                          -

The following tables reflect the effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Amount of Gain(Loss) Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on Derivative, net of tax
Year Ended December 31,
	2011	2010	2009
2011 Interest Rate Swap	$               (380)	$                     -	$                     -

		Amount of Gain/Loss Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income into Income
Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Location of Gain/Loss Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income into Income	Year Ended December 31,
		2011	2010	2009
2011 Interest Rate Swap	Interest expense	$             310	$                  -	$              -

  The following table reflects the effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 (in thousands):

		Amount of Gain/Loss Recognized in Income on Derivative
Derivates Not Designated as Hedging Instruments	Location of Gain/Loss Recognized in Income on Derivate	Year Ended December 31,
		2011	2010	2009
2007 Interest Rate Swap	Interest expense	$               -	$               -	$       1,345
Interest rate cap	Interest expense	$               -	$               -	$               -

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

8. Income Taxes.

The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Current:
Federal	$	9,814		$	1,748		$	(736	)
State		1,447			522			75
Foreign		1,465			412			452
		12,726			2,682			(209	)
Deferred:
Federal		3,759			2,271			3,852
State		488			-			427
Foreign		(261	)		(212	)		(98	)
		3,986			2,059			4,181
Change in Valuation Allowance		454			215			106
Total	$	17,166		$	4,956		$	4,078

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010			2009
United States	$	37,405	$	(6,071	)	$	7,602
Foreign		4,058		1,130			1,183
	$	41,463	$	(4,941	)	$	8,785

 The components of deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows (in thousands):

	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Federal			State			Federal			State
Deferred income tax assets (liabilities):
Current:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	909		$	98		$	698		$	73
Employee related accruals		2,690			233			3,114			246
State taxes		534			-			178			-
Workers' compensation loss reserve		671			325			615			69
Medical malpractice loss reserve		3,274			7			2,990			236
Net operating loss carry-forwards		-			52			-			75
Prepaid insurance		(297	)		(22	)		(281	)		(21	)
Other		803			(6	)		749			43
Total current deferred income tax assets		8,584			687			8,063			721
Non-current:
Net operating loss carry-forwards		-			384			-			578
Stock-based compensation		3,243			185			2,244			133
Purchased intangibles		(14,180	)		(1,379	)		(9,294	)		(822	)
Depreciation and amortization expense		(3,574	)		(293	)		(2,778	)		(265	)
Employee related accruals		-			-			(72	)		(9	)
Other		661			97			108			21
Total non-current deferred income tax liabilities		(13,850	)		(1,006	)		(9,792	)		(364	)
Total deferred income tax assets (liabilities)	$	(5,266	)	$	(319	)	$	(1,729	)	$	357

The reconciliation between the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35.0 percent for 2011 and 34.0 percent for 2010 and 2009 to income before income taxes and the income tax provision is as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Income tax provision at the statutory rate	$	14,512		$	(1,680	)	$	3,075
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		1,527			460			471
Impairment of goodwill		-			5,236			-
Permanent difference - (gain)/loss on cash surrender value of life insurance		13			(72	)		(178	)
Permanent difference - non deductible items		1,263			901			614
Permanent difference - settlement of earn-out		(445	)		-			-
Valuation allowance		454			215			106
Income tax contingency		(91	)		(16	)		(232	)
Return to provision adjustment		-			-			280
Foreign tax rate differential		(222	)		(181	)		46
Other		155			93			(104	)
Total	$	17,166		$	4,956		$	4,078

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had no federal net operating losses and total combined state net operating losses of $9.3 million. The state net operating losses can be carried forward up to 20 years and begin expiring in 2013. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance of approximately $0.7 million and $0.2 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, related to state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards and credits.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had accumulated net foreign earnings of $10.7 million. The Company intends to reinvest the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries and, therefore, no U.S. income tax has been provided on the foreign earnings. The determination of additional deferred taxes that have not been provided is not practicable.

The Company had gross deferred tax assets of $14.4 million and $12.7 million and gross deferred tax liabilities of $19.9 million and $10.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Foreign deferred tax assets and liabilities were not material as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The Company receives a tax deduction for stock-based awards upon exercise of a non-qualified stock option or as the result of disqualifying dispositions made by directors, officers and employees. A disqualifying disposition occurs when stock acquired through the exercise of incentive stock options or the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is disposed of prior to the required holding period. The Company also receives a tax deduction upon the vesting of restricted stock units or restricted stock awards. The Company received tax deductions of $7.5 million and $3.8 million, respectively, from stock-based awards in 2011 and 2010.

As of December 31, 2011, the estimated value of the Company's uncertain tax positions is a liability of $0.2 million, which includes penalties and interest, all of which was carried in other long-term liabilities. If the Company's positions are sustained by the taxing authority in favor of the Company, the entire $0.2 million would reduce the Company's effective tax rate. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

 The following is a reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Unrecognized Tax Benefit beginning of year	$	358		$	397		$	812
Gross Decreases - tax positions in prior year		-			(39	)		-
Reductions for tax positions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations		(107	)		-			(415	)
Unrecognized Tax Benefit end of year	$	251		$	358		$	397

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized ($5,000), $5,000 and $8,000, respectively, in interest on unrecognized tax benefits. Accruals for interest and penalties totaled $43,000 at December 31, 2011 and $61,000 at December 31, 2010.

The Company believes that there will be no significant increases or decreases to unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The IRS has examined and concluded all tax matters for years through 2006.The IRS has commenced an examination of the Company's U.S. income tax returns for the 2009 tax year. Open tax years related to federal, state and foreign jurisdictions remain subject to examination but are not considered material.

XML

401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, Deferred Compensation Plan and Change in Control Severance Plan

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Compensation And Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, Deferred Compensation Plan and Change in Control Severance Plan

6. 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, Deferred Compensation Plan and Change in Control Severance Plan.

 Under the Company's 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, which covers eligible employees of On Assignment and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Assignment Ready Inc., On Assignment Staffing Services, Inc., VISTA, and Oxford, eligible employees may elect to have a portion of their salary deferred and contributed to the plans. The amount of salary deferred, up to certain limits set by the IRS, is not subject to federal and state income tax at the time of deferral, but together with any earnings on deferred amounts, is subject to taxation upon distribution. The plan covers all eligible employees and permits matching or other discretionary contributions at the Company's discretion. Eligible employees may enroll once they complete three months of service prior to the next quarterly offering. The Company pledged to make contributions to the 401(k) plan of $1.1 million in 2011 and made contributions of $0.4 million and $0 in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Effective January 1, 1998, the Company implemented the On Assignment, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan. The plan permits a select group of management and highly compensated employees and directors that contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Company to annually elect to defer up to 100 percent of their base salary, annual bonus, stock option gain or fees on a pre-tax basis and earn tax-deferred returns on these amounts. On September 4, 2008, effective as of January 1, 2008, the Company amended the On Assignment Deferred Compensation Plan so that it applies to deferrals made before January 1, 2005 only (hereinafter referred to as the 1998 Deferred Compensation Plan) and, also effective January 1, 2008, adopted a new plan, called the On Assignment Deferred Compensation Plan - Effective January 1, 2008, applicable to deferrals made on or after January 1, 2005 (referred to herein as the 2008 Deferred Compensation Plan). On April 20, 2011, the Company's Board of Directors authorized and directed the termination of the 1998 Deferred Compensation Plan and the 2008 Deferred Compensation Plan (collectively referred to as the Plans), effective May 2, 2011. Pursuant to the terms of the Plans, the Company may terminate at any time and immediately distribute the accrued account balances held in the Plans in accordance with the provisions of the Plans and applicable law including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Board of Directors believes termination of the Plans is in the best interest of the Company due to low participation and the cost of maintaining the Plans. The Company does not incur any costs or penalties in connection with termination of the Plans. The plans were not intended to be "qualified" within the meaning of IRS Code Section 401(a), rather, the plans were "unfunded and maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees" within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1).

Distributions from the 1998 Deferred Compensation Plan are commenced within 60 days after the participant's retirement, death or termination of employment, in a lump sum, or over five, ten or fifteen years, except that payments made upon termination (other than due to death or retirement), are paid in a lump sum if the participant's account balance at the time of termination is less than $25,000. Furthermore, if the Company determines in good faith prior to a change in control that there is a reasonable likelihood that any compensation paid to a participant for a taxable year of the Company would not be deductible by the Company solely by reason of the limitation under IRS Code Section 162(m), (Section 162(m)) then the Company may defer all or any portion of a distribution until the earliest possible date, as determined by the Company in good faith, on which the deductibility of compensation paid or payable to the participant for the taxable year of the Company during which the distribution is made will not be limited by Section 162(m), or if earlier, the effective date of a change in control.

Distributions from the 2008 Deferred Compensation Plan are commenced within 60 days following the participant's termination of employment, in a lump sum or in annual installments of up to fifteen years, except that if the participant's account balance is less than the applicable dollar amount specified in IRS Code Section 402(g)(1)(B), in effect for the year in which the distribution is to occur, payment shall be made in a lump sum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in compliance with certain requirements of IRS Code Section 409A, plan distributions to "specified employees" will commence the first day after the end of the six month period immediately following the date on which the participant experiences a termination of employment. Furthermore, if the Company reasonably anticipates that the Company's deduction with respect to any distribution from the 2008 Deferred Compensation Plan would be limited or eliminated by application of Section 162(m), then to the extent permitted by applicable treasury regulations, payment shall be delayed until the earliest date the Company reasonably anticipates that the deduction of the payment will not be limited or eliminated by application of Section 162(m).

The deferred compensation liability under the deferred compensation plans was approximately $1.9 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Life insurance policies are maintained as a funding source to the plans, under which the Company is the sole owner and beneficiary of such insurance. At December 31, 2011, the cash surrender value of these life insurance policies was $2.1 million, reflected in other current assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2010, the cash surrender value of these life insurance policies was $2.3 million, reflected in other long-term assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company intends to terminate the life insurance policies in 2012.

The Company adopted the On Assignment, Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan (the CIC Plan) to provide severance benefits for officers and certain other employees who are terminated following an acquisition of the Company. This CIC Plan was adopted on February 12, 1998 and amended on August 8, 2004, January 23, 2007, May 21, 2009, December 10, 2009 and May 20, 2010. Under the CIC Plan, if an eligible employee is involuntarily terminated within eighteen months after a change in control, as defined in the CIC Plan, then the employee will be entitled to (i) a payment equal to the employee's annual salary plus the employee's target bonus, payable in a lump sum, and (ii) a lump sum payment representing the cost of continuation of health and welfare benefits, under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA) for periods of time ranging from nine months to eighteen months, for employees with titles of vice president or higher. Severance benefits under the plan range from one month to eighteen months of salary and target bonus, depending on the employee's length of service and position with the Company.

The Company entered into an Amended and Restated Executive Change of Control Agreements with the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer on December 11, 2008, primarily for the purpose of causing their existing agreements to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A. These agreements supersede the CIC Plan with respect to these officers and provide, in the event of an involuntary termination occurring within six months and ten days following a change of control of the Company, for the following benefits (i) a lump-sum payment equal to three times (for the Chief Executive Officer's salary plus target bonus) or two and a half times (for the Chief Financial Officer) the sum of the officer's base salary plus target bonus, (ii) eighteen months continuation of the officer's health and welfare benefits and car allowance, (subject to limitations in connection with subsequent employment), (iii) cash payments equal to insurance premiums and retirement and deferred compensation contributions that the Company would have paid (in each case, if any), over a period of eighteen months following termination, and (iv) payment of up to $15,000 of the cost of outplacement services. Additionally, under the arrangements, immediately prior to a change of control, all outstanding Company stock options, restricted stock and stock units held by the officer will become fully vested (and, in the case of options, remain exercisable for an extended period), subject, in the case of certain performance-vesting awards, to any express limitations contained in the officer's employment or other governing agreement. In addition, the agreements entitle the executives to tax gross-up payments in the event that any payments to the executives are subject to "golden parachute" excise taxes under IRS Code Section 280G.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Commitments And Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

7. Commitments and Contingencies.

The Company leases its facilities and certain office equipment under operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2021. Certain leases contain rent escalations and/or renewal options. Rent expense for all significant leases is recognized on a straight-line basis. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the balance of the deferred rent liability reflected in other current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively and the balance reflected in other long-term liabilities was $2.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

The following is a summary of specified contractual cash obligation payments by the Company as of December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

	Long-Term Debt		Operating Leases		Total
2012	$	5,000	$	7,028	$	12,028
2013		5,000		6,079		11,079
2014		5,000		5,558		10,558
2015		71,750		4,955		76,705
2016		-		3,203		3,203
Thereafter		-		5,954		5,954
Total	$	86,750	$	32,777	$	119,527

Rent expense, which is included in SG&A expenses, was $8.6 million for 2011, $8.4 million for 2010, and $8.2 million for 2009.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company is partially self-insured for its workers' compensation liability and its medical malpractice liability. The Company accounts for claims incurred but not yet reported based on estimates derived from historical claims experience and current trends of industry data. Changes in estimates, differences in estimates and actual payments for claims are recognized in the period that the estimates changed or the payments were made. The self-insurance claim liability was approximately $10.4 million and $10.2 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Additionally, the Company has unused stand-by letters of credit outstanding to secure obligations for workers' compensation claims with various insurance carriers. The unused stand-by letters of credit at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were $2.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

The Company is subject to earn-out obligations entered into in connection with its acquisitions. If the acquired businesses meet predetermined targets, the Company is obligated to make additional cash payments in accordance with the terms of such earn-out obligations. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has potential future earn-out obligations of approximately $10.2 million through 2013.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company has an income tax reserve in other long-term liabilities related to uncertain tax positions of $0.3 million.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. However, based on the facts currently available, the Company does not believe that the disposition of matters that are pending or asserted will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

XML

Earnings per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Earnings per Share [Abstract]

Earnings per Share

9. Earnings per Share.

Basic earnings per share are computed based upon the weighted average number of shares outstanding and diluted earnings per share are computed based upon the weighted average number of shares and dilutive share equivalents (consisting of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock awards and employee stock purchase plan contributions) outstanding during the periods using the treasury stock method.

The following is a reconciliation of the shares used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Weighted average number of common shares		36,876		36,429		36,011
Dilutive effect of stock-based awards		882		-		324
Number of shares used to compute diluted earnings per share		37,758		36,429		36,335

The following table presents the weighted average share equivalents outstanding during each period that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise price for these options was greater than the average market price of the Company's shares of common stock during the respective periods. Also excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share were other share equivalents that became anti-dilutive when applying the treasury stock method.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Anti-dilutive common share equivalents outstanding		1,039		1,339		2,660

XML

Unaudited Quarterly Results

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Unaudited Quarterly Results

14. Unaudited Quarterly Results.

The following tables present unaudited quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. In the opinion of the Company's management, the quarterly information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation thereof. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future periods. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recognized goodwill impairment of $15.4 million related to its Nurse Travel reporting unit.

	2011
	Dec. 31,		Sep. 30,		Jun. 30,		Mar. 31,
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenues	$	161,790	$	162,370	$	143,683	$	129,438
Gross profit		53,629		54,528		48,794		43,154
Net income	$	7,501	$	7,767	$	5,865	$	3,164
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	0.20	$	0.21	$	0.16	$	0.09
Diluted	$	0.20	$	0.21	$	0.16	$	0.08

	2010
	Dec. 31,			Sep. 30,		Jun. 30,		Mar. 31,
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Revenues	$	121,152		$	116,141	$	104,459	$	96,313
Gross profit		42,234			41,103		35,296		30,823
Net income	$	(13,698	)	$	3,163	$	940	$	(302	)
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	(0.38	)	$	0.09	$	0.03	$	(0.01	)
Diluted	$	(0.38	)	$	0.09	$	0.03	$	(0.01	)

XML

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Parenthetical)
Changes in fair value of derivative, income tax	$ 227

XML

Acquisitions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Business Combinations [Abstract]

Acquisitions

3. Acquisitions.

On April 16, 2010, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of The Cambridge Group Ltd. and Cambridge Contract Staffing Group, Inc. (Cambridge), a Connecticut-based privately-held provider of specialized staffing services. The primary reasons for the Cambridge acquisition were to expand our Life Sciences, IT and Engineering, and Physician business operations and to leverage the Company's infrastructure. The purchase price totaled $7.6 million, comprised of $5.3 million in cash paid at closing, plus potential future earn-out consideration of up to $2.3 million. Acquisition costs of $0.1 million related to the purchase were expensed in 2010. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations for the acquisition have been combined with those of the Company since the acquisition date. Cambridge's revenues and net income included in the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $7.3 million and $186,000, respectively.

On July 19, 2010, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Sharpstream Holdings Limited (Sharpstream), a privately-owned provider of search services for executives to middle managers in the life sciences sector. The primary reasons for the Sharpstream acquisition were to expand our Life Sciences business operations, further expand our global presence and to leverage the Company's infrastructure. The purchase price totaled $8.6 million, comprised of $7.2 million in cash paid at closing, plus potential future earn-out consideration of up to $1.4 million. Acquisition costs of $0.1 million related to the purchase were expensed in 2010. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations for the acquisition have been combined with those of the Company since the acquisition date. Sharpstream's revenues and net income included in the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $2.6 million and $500,000, respectively.

On February 28, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Valesta, a privately-owned provider of specialized clinical research staffing headquartered in Belgium. The primary reasons for the acquisition were to expand the Life Sciences business operations and to leverage the Company's infrastructure. The purchase price for Valesta totaled $23.7 million comprised of $16.8 million in cash paid at closing, plus potential future earn-out consideration of $6.9 million (the maximum earn-out is capped at a Euro value of 5.0 million or approximately $6.5 million at December 31, 2011 exchange rates) based on estimated financial performance of Valesta through 2013. Acquisition costs related to this transaction totaled approximately $0.4 million and were expensed in 2011. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations for the acquisition have been combined with those of the Company since the acquisition date. Valesta's revenues and net income included in the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $20.4 million and $744,000, respectively.

 On July 31, 2011, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of HealthCare Partners (HCP), a privately-owned provider of physician staffing headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia. The primary reasons for the acquisition were to expand the Physician segment business operations geographic coverage and to leverage the Company's infrastructure. The estimated purchase price for HCP was approximately $19.1 million comprised of $15.7 million in cash paid at closing, plus potential future earn-out consideration of $3.4 million (the maximum earn-out is capped at $3.7 million) based on estimated financial performance of HCP through 2013. Acquisition costs related to this transaction totaled approximately $57,000 and were expensed in 2011. Goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations for the acquisition have been combined with those of the Company since the acquisition date. HCP's revenues and net income included in the Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $11.2 million and $116,000, respectively.

Assets and liabilities of the acquired companies have been recorded at their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The excess purchase price over the fair value of net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired has been allocated to goodwill. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets was determined primarily by using a discounted cash flow method. The Company intends to discontinue the use of the HCP tradename during 2012. The Company's allocation of the purchase price for HCP and Valesta is preliminary, as the amounts related to working capital and income taxes are still being finalized. Any measurement period adjustments will be recorded retrospectively to the acquisition date.

The fair value of earn-out obligations is based on the present value of the expected future payments to be made to the sellers of the acquired businesses in accordance with the respective purchase agreements. See Note 13 for further information regarding the fair value of earn-outs and the level 3 rollforward disclosure.

The following table summarizes (in thousands) the purchase price allocation, subject to finalization during the allocation period, of the purchase price for the acquisitions of Cambridge, Sharpstream, HCP and Valesta:

	2011 Acquisitions						2010 Acquisitions
	HCP		Valesta		Total		Cambridge		Sharpstream		Total
Current assets	$	3,941	$	6,332	$	10,273	$	1,472	$	3,437	$	4,909
Property and equipment		123		299		422		0		0		0
Goodwill		14,407		16,097		30,504		6,591		5,714		12,305
Identifiable intangible assets		1,784		5,679		7,463		746		1,015		1,761
Long-term deposits		13		26		39		32		18		50
Total assets acquired	$	20,268	$	28,433	$	48,701	$	8,841	$	10,184	$	19,025
Current liabilities	$	1,070	$	4,774	$	5,844	$	731	$	1,175	$	1,906
Other long-term liabilities		49		-		49		525		383		908
Total liabilities assumed		1,119		4,774		5,893		1,256		1,558		2,814
Total purchase price	$	19,149	$	23,659	$	42,808	$	7,585	$	8,626	$	16,211

Intangible assets allocated in connection with the preliminary purchase allocation, subject to finalization during the measurement period as necessary, consisted of the following amounts (in thousands):

		Intangible asset value
		2011 Acquisitions						2010 Acquisitions
	Useful life	HCP		Valesta		Total		Cambridge		Sharpstream		Total
Contractor relations	2 - 3 years	$	814	$	266	$	1,080	$	550	$	530	$	1,080
Customer relations	2 - 10 years		950		2,395		3,345		96		5		101
Non-compete agreements	2 years		20		440		460		100		30		130
Trademarks	indefinite		-		2,578		2,578		-		450		450
Total intangible assets acquired		$	1,784	$	5,679	$	7,463	$	746	$	1,015	$	1,761

The summary below (in thousands, except for per share data) presents pro forma consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 as if the acquisitions of HCP and Valesta occurred on January 1, 2010. The acquisitions in 2010 and 2009 were not material to the Company, therefore pro-forma information related to these acquisitions has not been presented. The pro forma financial information gives effect to certain adjustments, including: the amortization of intangible assets and interest expense on acquisition-related debt and changes in the management fees as a result of the acquisition. Acquisition-related costs of $0.4 million and $57,000, which were expensed in the three months ended March 31, 2011 and the three months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, are assumed to have occurred in 2010. The pro-forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the acquisition had been consummated as of the date indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Revenues	$	614,383	$	478,356
Operating income	$	45,584	$	3,872
Net income	$	24,785	$	(9,789	)
Basic earnings per share	$	0.67	$	(0.27	)
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.66	$	(0.27	)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding		36,876		36,429
Weighted average number of shares and dilutive shares outstanding		37,758		36,429

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

13. Fair Value Measurements.

The valuation techniques utilized are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect internal market assumptions. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

The assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows (in thousands):

	As of December 31, 2011
	Fair Value Measurements Using						Total
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
2011 Interest Rate Swap	$	-	$	608	$	-	$	608
Contingent consideration to be paid in cash for the acquisitions	$	-	$	-	$	9,856	$	9,856

	As of December 31, 2010
	Fair Value Measurements Using						Total
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Contingent consideration to be paid in cash for the acquisitions	$	-	$	-	$	3,700	$	3,700

The 2011 Interest Rate Swap liability is measured using the income approach. The fair value reflects the estimated amounts that the Company would pay or receive based on the present value of the expected cash flows derived from market rates and prices. As such, this derivative instrument is classified within Level 2. There were no derivative instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2010.

The Company has obligations, to be paid in cash, to the former owners of acquired companies if certain future financial goals are met. The fair value of this contingent consideration is determined using an expected present value technique. Expected cash flows are determined using the probability - weighted average of possible outcomes that would occur should certain financial metrics be reached. There is no market data available to use in valuing the contingent consideration, therefore, the Company developed its own assumptions related to the future financial performance of the businesses to evaluate the fair value of these liabilities. As such, the contingent consideration is classified within Level 3. The liabilities for the contingent consideration were established at the time of the acquisition and are evaluated at each reporting period. The current liability is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in the current portion of accrued earn-outs and the non-current portion is included in accrued earn-outs.

Reconciliations of liabilities measured and carried at fair value on a recurring basis with the use of significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) are as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Contingent consideration for acquisitions
Balance at beginning of year	$	3,700		$	-
Additions for acquisitions		10,346			3,700
Payments on contingent consideration		(1,731	)		-
Settlements of contingent consideration		(1,369	)		-
Fair value adjustments		(640	)		-
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(450	)		-
Balance at end of year	$	9,856		$	3,700

During 2011, there were no fair value measurements of assets or liabilities on a non-recurring basis. The following table summarizes the fair value measurements of assets measured on a non-recurring basis during 2010 (in thousands):

	As of December 31, 2010
	Fair Value Measurements Using
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets	Significant Other Observable Inputs	Significant Unobservable Inputs
	(Level 1)	(Level 2)	(Level 3)	Total	Total Losses
Goodwill	$                     -	$                      -	$          199,720	$          199,720	$            15,399

The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units primarily based on level 3 inputs such as discounted cash flows which are not observable from the market, directly or indirectly. The Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $15.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2010.